diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git')
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git | 12676 |
1 files changed, 6338 insertions, 6338 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git index ac9c1b39e..4ce00200e 100644 --- a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git +++ b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.8" />
+<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" />
<title></title>
<style type="text/css">
/*
@@ -383,440 +383,440 @@ install: function(toclevels) { function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
clearInterval(timerId);
- reinstall(); - } - - timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500); - if (document.addEventListener) - document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false); - else - window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer; -} - -} -asciidoc.install(3); -/*]]>*/ -</script> -</head> -<body class="article"> -<div id="header"> -</div> -<div id="content"> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg, -Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, Octobre 2015</em></span></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé -d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne -infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées -en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par -rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Avez-vous besoin d’une façon d’enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des - équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d’ordinateur de plongée ? -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec - son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des - plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert - ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée - Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une - interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à - partir de tous ces équipements de plongée et pour enregistrer et analyser - ces enregistrements dans un système unique. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em> est + reinstall();
+ }
+
+ timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
+ if (document.addEventListener)
+ document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
+ else
+ window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
+}
+
+}
+asciidoc.install(3);
+/*]]>*/
+</script>
+</head>
+<body class="article">
+<div id="header">
+</div>
+<div id="content">
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
+Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, Octobre 2015</em></span></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé
+d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne
+infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées
+en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par
+rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Avez-vous besoin d’une façon d’enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des
+ équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d’ordinateur de plongée ?
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec
+ son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des
+ plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert
+ ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée
+ Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une
+ interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à
+ partir de tous ces équipements de plongée et pour enregistrer et analyser
+ ces enregistrements dans un système unique.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em> est
intégralement compatible avec Mac, Linux et Windows, ce qui vous permet
d’accéder à vos enregistrements de plongées sur chaque système
d’exploitation en utilisant une application unique.
</p>
-</li> -<li> -<p> -Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac et votre ordinateur de plongée n’a que des - logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par - exemple Mares) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et d’analyser - vos enregistrements de plongées sur d’autres systèmes d’exploitation. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Avez-vous besoin d’un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui - intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ? -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Avez-vous besoin d’un moyen d’enregistrer ou de sauvegarder votre carnet de - plongée sur Internet, Vous permettant de visualiser votre carnet depuis - n’importe où, en utilisant un navigateur Internet ? -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> est disponible pour Windows (Win XP ou plus récent), les Macs -basés sur processeurs Intel (OS/X) et de nombreuses distributions -Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> peut être compilé pour bien plus de plateformes -matérielles et d’environnements logiciels où Qt et libdivecomputer sont -disponibles.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Le but de ce document est l’utilisation du programme Subsurface. Pour -installer le logiciel, consultez la page <em>Téléchargement</em> sur le -<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. En cas de -problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur -<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> et -rapportez les bogues sur <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">notre bugtracker</a>. Pour -des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses -dépendances, merci de consulter le fichier INSTALL inclus dans les sources -logicielles.</p></div> +</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac et votre ordinateur de plongée n’a que des
+ logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par
+ exemple Mares) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et d’analyser
+ vos enregistrements de plongées sur d’autres systèmes d’exploitation.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Avez-vous besoin d’un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui
+ intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ?
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Avez-vous besoin d’un moyen d’enregistrer ou de sauvegarder votre carnet de
+ plongée sur Internet, Vous permettant de visualiser votre carnet depuis
+ n’importe où, en utilisant un navigateur Internet ?
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> est disponible pour Windows (Win XP ou plus récent), les Macs
+basés sur processeurs Intel (OS/X) et de nombreuses distributions
+Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> peut être compilé pour bien plus de plateformes
+matérielles et d’environnements logiciels où Qt et libdivecomputer sont
+disponibles.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Le but de ce document est l’utilisation du programme Subsurface. Pour
+installer le logiciel, consultez la page <em>Téléchargement</em> sur le
+<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. En cas de
+problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur
+<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> et
+rapportez les bogues sur <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">notre bugtracker</a>. Pour
+des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses
+dépendances, merci de consulter le fichier INSTALL inclus dans les sources
+logicielles.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Public</strong> : Plongeurs loisirs, apnéistes, plongeurs Tek et plongeurs
professionnels</p></div>
<div id="toc">
- <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div> - <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">1. Utilisation de ce manuel</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsqu’il est ouvert depuis <em>Subsurface</em>, ce manuel n’a pas de contrôles -externes. Cependant, une fonction de <em>RECHERCHE</em> est importante. Elle est -activée par la combinaison de touches du clavier Ctrl-F ou commande-F. Un -champ de recherche apparait en bas de la fenêtre. Il suffit de l’utiliser -pour rechercher n’importe quel terme dans le manuel.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_le_sondage_utilisateur">2. Le sondage utilisateur</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Dans le but de développer <em>Subsurface</em> d’une manière qui serve ses -utilisateurs de la meilleur manière qu’il soit, il est important d’avoir des -informations sur les utilisateurs. À l’ouverture de <em>Subsurface</em> après avoir -utilisé le logiciel pendant une semaine environ, une fenêtre de sondage -apparait. Cela est complètement optionnel et l’utilisateur contrôle quelles -informations sont envoyées ou non à l'équipe de développement de -<em>Subsurface</em>. Toutes les données que l’utilisateur choisit d’envoyer sont -extrêmement utiles et ne seront utilisées que pour les futures -développements et modifications du logiciel pour coller au mieux aux besoins -des utilisateurs de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si vous complétez le sondage ou cliquez -sur l’option pour ne plus être sondé, cela devrait être la dernière -communication de ce type que vous recevrez. Cependant, si vos habitudes de -plongées ou d’utilisation de Subsurface changent, vous pouvez envoyer un -nouveau sondage en démarrant <em>Subsurface</em> avec l’option <em>--survey</em> sur la -ligne de commande.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>La fenêtre <em>Subsurface</em> est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un <strong>Menu -principal</strong> (Fichier Importer Journal Vue Aide) en haut de la fenêtre (pour -Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l'écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu Unity). Les -quatre panneaux sont :</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> en bas à gauche, contenant une liste de toutes les -plongées du journal (carnet) de plongées de l’utilisateur. Une plongée peut -être sélectionnée et mise en surbrillance dans la liste en cliquant -dessus. Dans la plupart des cas, les touches haut/bas peuvent être utilisée -pour passer d’une plongée à l’autre. La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> est un outil -important pour manipuler un journal (carnet) de plongée.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>carte de plongée</strong> en bas à droite, affiche les sites de plongées de -l’utilisateur, sur une carte mondiale et centrée sur le site de la dernière -plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Les <strong>informations</strong> en haut à gauche, fournissent des informations détaillées -sur la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, dont des -statistiques pour la plongée sélectionnée ou pour toutes les plongées mises -en surbrillance.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Le <strong>profil de plongée</strong> en haut à droite, affiche un profil de plongée -graphique de la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Les séparateurs entre ces panneaux peuvent être déplacés pour modifier la -taille de chaque panneau. <em>Subsurface</em> mémorise la position de ces -séparateurs, pour qu’au prochain lancement <em>Subsurface</em> utilise ces -positions.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Si une unique plongée est sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, -l’emplacement de la plongée, les informations détaillées et le profil de la -<em>plongée sélectionnée</em> sont affichées dans les panneaux respectifs. D’autre -part, si plusieurs plongées sont sélectionnées, la dernière mise en -surbrillance est la <em>plongée sélectionnée</em>, mais les données de <em>toutes les -plongées mises en surbrillances</em> sont affichées dans l’onglet <strong>Stats</strong> du -panneau <strong>informations</strong> (profondeur maximale, minimale et moyenne, les -durées, les températures de l’eau et le SAC (air consommé); temps total et -nombre de plongées sélectionnées).</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>L’utilisateur peut déterminer si lesquels des quatre panneaux sont affichés -en sélectionnant l’option <strong>Vue</strong> dans le menu principal. Cette fonctionnalité -permet plusieurs choix d’affichage :</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tout</strong> : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Liste des plongées</strong> : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profil</strong> : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong> : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour -toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong> : affiche uniquement la carte mondiale, centrée sur la dernière plongée sélectionnée.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Comme la plupart des autre fonctions qui peuvent être accédée via le menu -principal, ces options peuvent être utilisées par des raccourcis -clavier. Les raccourcis pour un système particulier sont affichés avec un -souligné des les entrées de menu. À cause des différents systèmes -d’exploitation et des divers langues, <em>Subsurface</em> peut utiliser différentes -touches de raccourcis et ne sont donc pas détaillées ici.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsque le programme est lancé pour la première fois, il n’affiche aucune -information. Ceci parce que le programme n’a aucune information de plongée -disponible. Dans les sections suivantes, le procédure pour créer a nouveau -carnet de plongée sera détaillée.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Sélectionner <em>Fichier → Nouveau carnet de plongée</em> à partir du menu -principal. Toutes les données de plongées sont effacées pour que de -nouvelles puissent être ajoutées. S’il existe des données non encore -enregistrées dans le carnet ouvert, l’utilisateur devra sélectionner s’il -faut les enregistrer ou non avant de créer le nouveau carnet.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Enregistrement des informations de plongée dans le carnet</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Maintenant qu’un nouveau carnet de plongée a été créé, il est simple de lui -ajouter des données. <em>Subsurface</em> permet plusieurs façons pour ajouter des -données de plongée au carnet. Plus de détails dans les sections suivantes.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Si l’utilisateur possède un carnet manuscrit, un tableur ou une autre forme - de - carnet maintenu manuellement, les données de plongée peuvent être ajoutées - au carnet en utilisant une des approches suivantes :</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Entrer les informations de plongée à la main. Cela est utile si le plongeur - n’a pas - utilisé d’ordinateur de plongée et que les plongées sont inscrites dans un - carnet manuscrit. Voir <a href="#S_EnterData">Entrer les informations de plongée - à la main</a> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Importer les informations de plongée qui ont été maintenues soit dans un - tableur - soit dans un fichier CSV. Se reporter à : <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ANNEXE D : - Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</a> et à - <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer des plongées au format CSV</a>. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Si les plongées ont été enregistrées en utilisant un ordinateur de plongée, - le profil de profondeur de la - plongée et de nombreuses informations supplémentaires peuvent être - utilisées. Ces plongées peuvent être importées à partir de :</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -L’ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importer - de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</a> ou -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Logiciels propriétaires fournis par les fabricants d’ordinateurs de - plongée. Voir - <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importer les informations à partir d’autres - sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</a>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Importer à partir d’un tableur ou de fichiers CSV contenant les profils de - plongées. - Voir : <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir - des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</a> -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entrer les informations de plongée à la main</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic -record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important -information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time, -duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and of the dive master or dive -guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more -information than this for each dive. In order to add a dive to a dive log, -select <em>Log → Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three -panels to enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel -(<strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays -a graphical profile of each dive. These panels are respectively marked -<span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these tabs will -now be explained for data entry.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>When one edits a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters -<strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the -<strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed in all the -panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a -dive have been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>, -<em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the -information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the -information for this specific dive is saved in memory. When one closes -Subsurface, the program will ask again, this time whether the complete dive -log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a -function of time) is indicated in the panel on the top right hand of the -<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook, -<em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to -best represent the dive being described:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive -profile, its position is indicated by two right-angled red lines as shown -below. The time and depth represented by the cursor are indicated at the -top of the black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on -the axes are determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile -itself comprises several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots -on the profile, as shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the -dive depth was 20 m then the user needs to drag the appropriate waypoints -downwards to represent 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on any line -segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. To remove this waypoint, -right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the context menu. Drag -the waypoints to represent an accurate time duration for the dive. Below is -a dive profile for a dive to 20 m for 30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety -stop at 5 m.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is clearly -indicated along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the -first gas mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the -case of the profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile -can be edited. This is done by right-clicking on the particular waypoint and -selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing the gas for a -waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of that -waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in -the context menu (see image below).</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile having been defined, more details must be added in order to -have a fuller record of the dive. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the -<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be -used. Click on <a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions to use these -tabs.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</h3> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of -information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration, -rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can -capture this information and present it as part of the dive information, -using dive information from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list -of supported dive computers can be found at: -<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/"> -Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in their -PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We -therefore recommend that the user checks if the dive computer is charged -when connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and -Mares dive computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users -should refer to the dive computer’s manual if they are unsure whether the -dive computer recharges its batteries while connected to the USB port.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with -<em>Subsurface</em>, it is necessary that the two pieces of equipment communicate -with one another. This involves setting up the communications port (or + <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
+ <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">1. Utilisation de ce manuel</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsqu’il est ouvert depuis <em>Subsurface</em>, ce manuel n’a pas de contrôles
+externes. Cependant, une fonction de <em>RECHERCHE</em> est importante. Elle est
+activée par la combinaison de touches du clavier Ctrl-F ou commande-F. Un
+champ de recherche apparait en bas de la fenêtre. Il suffit de l’utiliser
+pour rechercher n’importe quel terme dans le manuel.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_le_sondage_utilisateur">2. Le sondage utilisateur</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dans le but de développer <em>Subsurface</em> d’une manière qui serve ses
+utilisateurs de la meilleur manière qu’il soit, il est important d’avoir des
+informations sur les utilisateurs. À l’ouverture de <em>Subsurface</em> après avoir
+utilisé le logiciel pendant une semaine environ, une fenêtre de sondage
+apparait. Cela est complètement optionnel et l’utilisateur contrôle quelles
+informations sont envoyées ou non à l'équipe de développement de
+<em>Subsurface</em>. Toutes les données que l’utilisateur choisit d’envoyer sont
+extrêmement utiles et ne seront utilisées que pour les futures
+développements et modifications du logiciel pour coller au mieux aux besoins
+des utilisateurs de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si vous complétez le sondage ou cliquez
+sur l’option pour ne plus être sondé, cela devrait être la dernière
+communication de ce type que vous recevrez. Cependant, si vos habitudes de
+plongées ou d’utilisation de Subsurface changent, vous pouvez envoyer un
+nouveau sondage en démarrant <em>Subsurface</em> avec l’option <em>--survey</em> sur la
+ligne de commande.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>La fenêtre <em>Subsurface</em> est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un <strong>Menu
+principal</strong> (Fichier Importer Journal Vue Aide) en haut de la fenêtre (pour
+Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l'écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu Unity). Les
+quatre panneaux sont :</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> en bas à gauche, contenant une liste de toutes les
+plongées du journal (carnet) de plongées de l’utilisateur. Une plongée peut
+être sélectionnée et mise en surbrillance dans la liste en cliquant
+dessus. Dans la plupart des cas, les touches haut/bas peuvent être utilisée
+pour passer d’une plongée à l’autre. La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> est un outil
+important pour manipuler un journal (carnet) de plongée.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>carte de plongée</strong> en bas à droite, affiche les sites de plongées de
+l’utilisateur, sur une carte mondiale et centrée sur le site de la dernière
+plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Les <strong>informations</strong> en haut à gauche, fournissent des informations détaillées
+sur la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, dont des
+statistiques pour la plongée sélectionnée ou pour toutes les plongées mises
+en surbrillance.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Le <strong>profil de plongée</strong> en haut à droite, affiche un profil de plongée
+graphique de la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Les séparateurs entre ces panneaux peuvent être déplacés pour modifier la
+taille de chaque panneau. <em>Subsurface</em> mémorise la position de ces
+séparateurs, pour qu’au prochain lancement <em>Subsurface</em> utilise ces
+positions.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Si une unique plongée est sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>,
+l’emplacement de la plongée, les informations détaillées et le profil de la
+<em>plongée sélectionnée</em> sont affichées dans les panneaux respectifs. D’autre
+part, si plusieurs plongées sont sélectionnées, la dernière mise en
+surbrillance est la <em>plongée sélectionnée</em>, mais les données de <em>toutes les
+plongées mises en surbrillances</em> sont affichées dans l’onglet <strong>Stats</strong> du
+panneau <strong>informations</strong> (profondeur maximale, minimale et moyenne, les
+durées, les températures de l’eau et le SAC (air consommé); temps total et
+nombre de plongées sélectionnées).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>L’utilisateur peut déterminer si lesquels des quatre panneaux sont affichés
+en sélectionnant l’option <strong>Vue</strong> dans le menu principal. Cette fonctionnalité
+permet plusieurs choix d’affichage :</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tout</strong> : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Liste des plongées</strong> : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profil</strong> : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong> : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour
+toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong> : affiche uniquement la carte mondiale, centrée sur la dernière plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Comme la plupart des autre fonctions qui peuvent être accédée via le menu
+principal, ces options peuvent être utilisées par des raccourcis
+clavier. Les raccourcis pour un système particulier sont affichés avec un
+souligné des les entrées de menu. À cause des différents systèmes
+d’exploitation et des divers langues, <em>Subsurface</em> peut utiliser différentes
+touches de raccourcis et ne sont donc pas détaillées ici.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsque le programme est lancé pour la première fois, il n’affiche aucune
+information. Ceci parce que le programme n’a aucune information de plongée
+disponible. Dans les sections suivantes, le procédure pour créer a nouveau
+carnet de plongée sera détaillée.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sélectionner <em>Fichier → Nouveau carnet de plongée</em> à partir du menu
+principal. Toutes les données de plongées sont effacées pour que de
+nouvelles puissent être ajoutées. S’il existe des données non encore
+enregistrées dans le carnet ouvert, l’utilisateur devra sélectionner s’il
+faut les enregistrer ou non avant de créer le nouveau carnet.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Enregistrement des informations de plongée dans le carnet</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Maintenant qu’un nouveau carnet de plongée a été créé, il est simple de lui
+ajouter des données. <em>Subsurface</em> permet plusieurs façons pour ajouter des
+données de plongée au carnet. Plus de détails dans les sections suivantes.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Si l’utilisateur possède un carnet manuscrit, un tableur ou une autre forme
+ de
+ carnet maintenu manuellement, les données de plongée peuvent être ajoutées
+ au carnet en utilisant une des approches suivantes :</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Entrer les informations de plongée à la main. Cela est utile si le plongeur
+ n’a pas
+ utilisé d’ordinateur de plongée et que les plongées sont inscrites dans un
+ carnet manuscrit. Voir <a href="#S_EnterData">Entrer les informations de plongée
+ à la main</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Importer les informations de plongée qui ont été maintenues soit dans un
+ tableur
+ soit dans un fichier CSV. Se reporter à : <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ANNEXE D :
+ Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</a> et à
+ <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer des plongées au format CSV</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Si les plongées ont été enregistrées en utilisant un ordinateur de plongée,
+ le profil de profondeur de la
+ plongée et de nombreuses informations supplémentaires peuvent être
+ utilisées. Ces plongées peuvent être importées à partir de :</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+L’ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importer
+ de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</a> ou
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Logiciels propriétaires fournis par les fabricants d’ordinateurs de
+ plongée. Voir
+ <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importer les informations à partir d’autres
+ sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Importer à partir d’un tableur ou de fichiers CSV contenant les profils de
+ plongées.
+ Voir : <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir
+ des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entrer les informations de plongée à la main</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic
+record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important
+information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time,
+duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and of the dive master or dive
+guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more
+information than this for each dive. In order to add a dive to a dive log,
+select <em>Log → Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three
+panels to enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel
+(<strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays
+a graphical profile of each dive. These panels are respectively marked
+<span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these tabs will
+now be explained for data entry.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When one edits a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters
+<strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the
+<strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed in all the
+panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a
+dive have been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>,
+<em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the
+information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the
+information for this specific dive is saved in memory. When one closes
+Subsurface, the program will ask again, this time whether the complete dive
+log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a
+function of time) is indicated in the panel on the top right hand of the
+<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook,
+<em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to
+best represent the dive being described:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive
+profile, its position is indicated by two right-angled red lines as shown
+below. The time and depth represented by the cursor are indicated at the
+top of the black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on
+the axes are determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile
+itself comprises several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots
+on the profile, as shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the
+dive depth was 20 m then the user needs to drag the appropriate waypoints
+downwards to represent 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on any line
+segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. To remove this waypoint,
+right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the context menu. Drag
+the waypoints to represent an accurate time duration for the dive. Below is
+a dive profile for a dive to 20 m for 30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety
+stop at 5 m.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is clearly
+indicated along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the
+first gas mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the
+case of the profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile
+can be edited. This is done by right-clicking on the particular waypoint and
+selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing the gas for a
+waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of that
+waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in
+the context menu (see image below).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile having been defined, more details must be added in order to
+have a fuller record of the dive. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the
+<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be
+used. Click on <a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions to use these
+tabs.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</h3>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of
+information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration,
+rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can
+capture this information and present it as part of the dive information,
+using dive information from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list
+of supported dive computers can be found at:
+<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">
+Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in their
+PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We
+therefore recommend that the user checks if the dive computer is charged
+when connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and
+Mares dive computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users
+should refer to the dive computer’s manual if they are unsure whether the
+dive computer recharges its batteries while connected to the USB port.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with
+<em>Subsurface</em>, it is necessary that the two pieces of equipment communicate
+with one another. This involves setting up the communications port (or
mount point) of the computer with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the
dive computer. In order to set up this communication, one needs to find the
appropriate information to instruct <em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the
dive information.
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
A</a> provides the technical information to help the user achieving this for
-different operating systems and -<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix -B</a> has dive computer specific information.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC, which can -be achieved by following these steps:</p></div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red - or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode. - (Se reporter au manuel de l’ordinateur de plongée) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import From Dive - Computer</em>. Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears: -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even -though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that -reason, if the dive computer allows this, <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives -that have not been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster -on most dive computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at -least for those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the - <strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto, - Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model - name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 - (Oceanic), or Puck (Mares). -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth - port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive - computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult +different operating systems and
+<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
+B</a> has dive computer specific information.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC, which can
+be achieved by following these steps:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
+ or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode.
+ (Se reporter au manuel de l’ordinateur de plongée)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import From Dive
+ Computer</em>. Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even
+though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that
+reason, if the dive computer allows this, <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives
+that have not been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster
+on most dive computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at
+least for those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the
+ <strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto,
+ Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model
+ name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200
+ (Oceanic), or Puck (Mares).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth
+ port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive
+ computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
A</a> and
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
@@ -830,74 +830,74 @@ The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bl <p>
If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the
checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only
- downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> - panel. If one or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> have been accidentally - deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from - the dive computer, this checkbox needs to be activated. Some dive computers - (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the - download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive - computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check - box. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and, - during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer - and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> - divelog will be overwritten by the dive record from the dive computer. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the - downloaded dives are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and - <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools - when problems with downloads are experienced (see below). -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Then select the <em>Download</em> button. With communication established, one can - see how the data are retrieved from the dive computer. Depending on the - make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this could take - some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue shows a progress bar at the - bottom of the dialogue (for some dive computers the progress information - could be inaccurate as we cannot determine how much downloadable data there - is until all data have been downloaded). After successful download, Dialogue - <strong>B</strong> in the figure above appears. After the dives have been downloaded, they - appear in a tabular format on the right-hand side of the dialogue (see image - <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration - and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that - need to be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the case of the image above, - the last six dives are checked and will be transferred to the <strong>Dive - List</strong>. Then click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of the dialogue. All the - imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and - time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its battery - power. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After this has been completed, select the OK button. The checked dives are -transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error - message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0 - Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="sidebarblock"> -<div class="content"> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> + downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
+ panel. If one or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> have been accidentally
+ deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from
+ the dive computer, this checkbox needs to be activated. Some dive computers
+ (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the
+ download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive
+ computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check
+ box.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and,
+ during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer
+ and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em>
+ divelog will be overwritten by the dive record from the dive computer.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the
+ downloaded dives are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and
+ <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools
+ when problems with downloads are experienced (see below).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Then select the <em>Download</em> button. With communication established, one can
+ see how the data are retrieved from the dive computer. Depending on the
+ make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this could take
+ some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue shows a progress bar at the
+ bottom of the dialogue (for some dive computers the progress information
+ could be inaccurate as we cannot determine how much downloadable data there
+ is until all data have been downloaded). After successful download, Dialogue
+ <strong>B</strong> in the figure above appears. After the dives have been downloaded, they
+ appear in a tabular format on the right-hand side of the dialogue (see image
+ <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration
+ and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that
+ need to be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the case of the image above,
+ the last six dives are checked and will be transferred to the <strong>Dive
+ List</strong>. Then click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of the dialogue. All the
+ imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and
+ time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its battery
+ power.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After this has been completed, select the OK button. The checked dives are
+transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
+ message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0
+ Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="sidebarblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
@@ -964,5851 +964,5851 @@ checked, no dives are added to the <div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>subsurface.log
-subsurface.bin</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list: -<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be -analysed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual -information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div> -</div></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive -computers and <em>Subsurface</em>, for instance, the Shearwater Petrel Mk2 and the -OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent -Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication -requires four steps:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Ensure that Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running - <em>Subsurface</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Ensure that <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Ensure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in - PC upload mode. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Ensure that <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting <em>Import → Import from dive -computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. If one checks the check box labelled -<em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears.</p></div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_sur_linux_ou_macos">Sur Linux ou MacOS :</h5> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer -and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right-hand side, On the lefthand -side, if the computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices -the user can use the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to -<em>Subsurface</em>. The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown -below the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> check -box.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the -local Bluetooth device. Ensure that the Bluetooth driver is installed -correctly on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other -Bluetooth utilities like <em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This achieves the -first two steps above.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload mode and -that it is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual of -the dive computer to perform this. Now the third item in the list above has -been achieved.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left of the dialogue -above. After searching for a small amount of time, the dive computer should -be listed (perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list -box on the lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this is not -achieved, select the <em>Clear</em> button and then scan again for Bluetooth -devices using the <em>Scan</em> button. After performing these actions <em>Subsurface</em> -should see the dive computer. The label of the discovered dive computer -contains the name of the device, its address and its pairing status. If the -device is not paired and has a red background colour, a context menu can be -opened by selecting the item with a right-click. Select the the <em>Pair</em> -option and wait for the task to complete.</p></div> -<div class="sidebarblock"> -<div class="content"> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive -computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use -other OS utilities as suggested below.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl -[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly -Agent registered -[bluetooth]# default-agent -Default agent request successful -[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 -Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 -[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes -Request PIN code -[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre> -</div></div> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue can be -pressed. This closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the -<em>Download from dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The -downloaded dives are shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_sur_windows">Sur Windows :</h5> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the -right is not displayed. To successfully initiate a scan (by pressing the -<em>Scan</em> button) check that the Bluetooth device on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer -is turned on.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during the download -process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask for your -permissions and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a -device, Tap to set up your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a -discovered item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button. Finally select the -<em>Download</em> button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to -complete.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Be aware that currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth -adapters which use Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses -<em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSolei</em> drivers it -will definitely not work.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>A log messageOn the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em> -shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To select -another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection -dialogue" press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download -mode"</em> option.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>: If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer -gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly, - <em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful, - <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains -information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection -with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to -upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if one’s partner’s dive -computer is the same make and model as one’s own and dive logs are uploaded -from both dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then one would -perhaps like to call one dc "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other one "Bob’s -Suunto D4". Alternatively, consider a technical diver dives with two or more -dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded. -In this case it might be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and -another one "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. On the -<strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog opens, indicating -the current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for -upload. Edit the Nickname field for the appropriate dive computer. After -saving the Nickname, the dive logs show the nickname for that particular -device instead of the model name, allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive -computer is not complete and more details must be added in order to have a -fuller record of the dives. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs -on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record the user needs to add additional -information by hand. The procedure below is virtually identical for -hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases, one has to provide the date and time of the dive, e.g. when -entering a dive by hand or when a dive computer does not provide the date -and time of the dive. (Usually the date and time of the dive, gas mixture -and water temperature are shown as obtained from the dive computer) If the -contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the message in -a blue box at the top of the panel indicates that the dive is being -edited. If one clicks on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are visible -(left hand image, below):</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive -information. The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By -clicking the date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the -correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and -minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text -box and by over-typing the information displayed.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown -in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water -temperature information and this box may therefore contain information. -If air temperature is not provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading -might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close enough to the real air temperature as -the change in the temperature sensor reading is quite slow to follow the changes in the environment. -If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be -automatically supplied by -<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will -be used).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log. The dive -information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs can therefore not be edited -at the same time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive -information (e.g. divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive) -by selecting <em>Apply changes</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab before editing the dive site -information. Only then, supply a dive site name in the textbox labelled -<em>Location</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Type the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". If -several dives are performed at the same location, the dive site information -for the first dive is re-used. Existing dive location information can be -edited at any time by selecting (on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive performed -at that site and by opening the location information by clicking the globe -button on the right of the location name (see image on the right, -above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of dive site names -makes it easy to select an existing dive site name (i.e. when typing the -name of a dive site, a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar -names). If the dive site has been used before, click on the already-existing -name. The dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe -symbol (indicating existing dive sites in the <em>Subsurface</em> database) or a -<strong>+</strong> symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the -current dive site name but which have not been added to the dive site -database). Therefore, if the present dive site has not been used before, a -message appears as follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the -coordinates and other important information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>, -above). The most important items are the coordinates of the site. There are -three ways of specifying the coordinates:</p></div> -<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> -<li> -<p> -One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part - of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No - location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive - location". Upon a doubleclick at the appropriate place, the orange bar - disappears and the coordinates are stored. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The coordinates can be obtained from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if the - user has an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the coordinates of the - dive site were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for - more information</a> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four - formats with latitude followed by longitude: -</p> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal -minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds, -e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , -30.821798</code></pre> -</div></div> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a -negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with -a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards -don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d -W20d. If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, Save the -dive site information by selecting the button <em>Apply changes</em> at the top of -the panel.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location -name - so <strong>saving</strong> a dive site with only coordinates and no dive site name -causes unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all of these -dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the -same).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive site name lookup:</strong> If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate -text box, one can perform an automated name lookup based on the coordinates. -This is achieved when <em>Subsurface</em> uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site -based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is -automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box -(Titled <em>Dive sites on same coordinates</em>") at the bottom -of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the -current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several -dive sites named "Blue Hole", all these sites are listed in this list box.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other textual information about the dive site (Description and -Notes), then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive -site. At a later stage the dive site information can be edited by clicking -the globe icon to the right of the dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing one to choose the type of dive -performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default seting, meant for most recreational dives), -Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit -rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be -entered in this field -which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in -the current logbook.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies -(separated with commas) who accompanied him/her on the -dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is -offered.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered. -Auto selection of the suit description is available. -Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of -suit and thermal undersuit was used.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a -5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the -dive on a -5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered -here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training, -cave, etc. -<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If the user starts typing a tag, the -program -will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, if the user -typed -<code>cav</code>, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown for the user to choose from.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the -information for tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, so -there’s no need to use them until <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been -added. The image <a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a> shows an -example of a <strong>Notes tab</strong> after completion of the dive information.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder -and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue -box at the top of the panel:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part -of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here) -determines the behaviour of the <strong>Dive profile</strong> (top right-hand panel).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks -like this:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive -computers, <em>Subsurface</em> often obtains the gas used from the dive computer -and automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the -table. The + button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders -for this dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows the deletion of -information for a cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a -cylinder if it is used during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used -in the dive, even without a gas change event.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of -the table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be clicked. This -brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of -cylinders:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was -used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the -available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as -well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will automatically be shown in -the dialogue.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the -specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) -corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can -be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used, -their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any -inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for -the cylinder, save the data either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by -clicking outside the cell containing the cursor. Information for any -additional cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right -hand. Following is an example of a complete description for a dive using two -cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered -using a dialogue very similar to that of the cylinder information. If one -clicks -the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like -this:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through -a down-arrow:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system used during the dive or -the user may start typing in the box to specify a different weighting -mechanism that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type -in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight -system, save the data by either pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by -clicking outside the cell with the cursor. It is possible to enter -information for more than one weight system by adding an additional system -using the + button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted -using the dustbin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information -for a dive with two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of -each uploaded dive is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few -items of information in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the -<strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). However the other -fields remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the -fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it is possible -that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical -equipment while diving at the same dive site or with the same dive master -and/or buddy or tags. Instead of completing the information for each of -these dives separately, one can select all the dives for that day in the -<strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> -fields that need identical information. This is achieved by editing the dive -notes or the equipment for any one of the selected dives.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain -information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a -particular dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while -editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several -dives simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly -the same information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new, -edited information is substituted for all the selected dives, otherwise only -the edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in -the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This greatly speeds up the completion of the dive log after -several similar dives.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a -dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and -<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive -components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of -the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to be -copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive -List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. Then, -from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. All the selected -dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive -log.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular -events during the dive, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface -buoy". This is easily done:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up - the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed - on the dive profile at the point that was initially selected (see <strong>A</strong> - below). -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong> - below). Select <em>Edit name</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong> - below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is - shown at the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below). -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be -saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If -the <em>Apply changes</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the memory -image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em> button is clicked, then the -newly entered dive data are erased from the computer memory, although the -dive profile is retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final -prompt to confirm that the new data should now be saved permanently on the -computer disk.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_importer_les_informations_à_partir_d_8217_autres_sources_de_données_numériques_ou_d_8217_autres_formats_de_données">5.3. Importer les informations à partir d’autres sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</h3> -<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives -were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need -retyping because these dive logs can probably be imported into -<em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of other dive -log software. While some software is supported natively, for others the user -has to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so that they can then -be imported by <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV -log files from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear -files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can -configure their own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet) -can also be imported by configuring the CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also -import UDDF and UDCF files used by some divelog software and some dive -computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some divelog -software like Mares Dive Organiser it is currently suggested to import the -logbooks first into a webservice like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import them -from there with <em>Subsurface</em>, as divelogs.de supports a few additional -logbook formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot parse.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it -should be sufficient to select either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File -→ Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats of many dive -computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives, -<em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple records for the same dive and merges -the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone issues (or -other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to be -significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will not create duplicate -entries. Below follows more specific information to achieve data import to -<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_using_the_universal_import_dialogue">5.3.1. Using the universal import dialogue</h4> -<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal -interface activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking -on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of -<em>Dive Log Files</em> which gives access to the different types of direct imports -available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log - systems) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Cochran dive logs -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -UDCF-formatted dive logs -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Poseidon MkVI CCR logs -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -LiquiVision logs -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -divelog.de logs -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -OSTC Tools logs -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -JDiveLog -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large -window containing the file list on the right of the dialogue opens the -imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats, not -accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained -below.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.2. Importing from OSTCTools</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management -tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive -data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file -extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using -the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right -select <em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive -logs visible in the file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the -<em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Actually, all H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to -<em>Subsurface</em>, this includes OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport, -and probably although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and OSTC CR.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Please, remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> a true diving log software, but a -useful set of tools for analysis and management of OSTC devices. This way, -only raw dive computer data will be performed with the import to -<em>Subsurface</em>; one has to to manually complete the rest of data which may be -important (buddies, equipment, notes, etc).</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">5.3.3. Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with -multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported -into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step -process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a mechanism to extract the dive log -information.</p></div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser to the user’s desktop, - using a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a> - for more information. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. One needs to create a - user account in <em>www.divelogs.de</em>, log into that web site, then select - <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organiser</em> from the menu on the left hand side. The - instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information (in - <em>.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organiser database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Finally, import the dives from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the - instructions below. -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.4. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single -dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be -selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong> -below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> into the appropriate -fields and then select the <em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em> -starts immediately, displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the -end of the download, the success status is indicated (see image <strong>B</strong>, -below). The <em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, after which the imported -dives appear in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.5. Importer des données au format CSV</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either -as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed -circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data -in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal simplified format that -allows for easy information exchange between different computers or software -packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A -Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be -exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See -<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for -information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into -<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>One can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It is normally -organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or -<em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one record per -line.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into -<em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to - that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth, - dive duration, names of buddy and dive master and perhaps some information - about cylinder pressures before and after the dive, as well as a comment or - two about the dive. All the data for a single dive go on a single line of - text, following the order of the column headings. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information - about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second - intervals, indicating depth, water temperature at that depth, and cylinder - pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a - single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the - previous instant. Many lines are required to complete the depth profile - information for a single dive. This is a common export format used by - closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software packages - that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs. -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>one needs to -know a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div> -<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> -<li> -<p> -Which character separates the different columns within a single line of - data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a - TAB character. This can be determined by opening the file with a text - editor. If it is comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or - semicolon characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are - not evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, the file is probably - TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator). -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive - details</em> file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text - editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column - positions. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units? -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Armed with this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is -straightforward. Select <em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In -the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom -right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file -that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Notice that, at the top left, there is a dropdown list containing -pre-configured settings for some of the more common dive computers and -software packages encountered by divers. If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported -originated from any of these pre-configured items, then select it. Otherwise -use the <em>Manual Import</em> option. The configuration panel also has dropdown -lists for the specification of the appropriate field separator (Tab, comma -or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file, the time units -(seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system (metric or -imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for the -successful import of the data.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The last remaining task is to ensure that all the data columns have the -appropriate column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the -column headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons -immediately above these contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These -balloons can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For instance, -<em>Subsurface</em> expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive -# ". If the column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row, -then drag the appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the -appropriate blue cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct -column for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it -in the blue cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is -depicted in the image below.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure that all the column headings in the blue row -of cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the -dialogue. Having completed this task, select the <em>OK</em> button to the bottom -right of the dialogue. The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown -in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> -<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro"> -<div class="content"> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated -Values</em>. It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the -information using a text editor such as Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or -TextWrangler (OS/X). The two main advantages of the <em>CSV</em> format is that the -data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software and -ensuring all information is human-readable, not being obscured by any custom -or proprietary attributes that proprietary software insert into files. -Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used as an interchange format -between many software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical, -graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can -also be used to import information from other sources such as -spreadsheet-based dive logs and even from some dive computers.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most -important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character -used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is -frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When -exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be -specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally -organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of -the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each -field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance -<em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives -using a comma as a field separator:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy -Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith -Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald -Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht -Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information -in TAB-delimited format:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy -Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith -Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald -Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht -Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the -comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB -characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top -line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE -character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in -the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot -be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited -example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive -computer:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius) -0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1 -0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 -0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1 -0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2 -0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 -10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7 -20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6 -30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6 -40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column -headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em> -file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. <em>CSV</em> files can -therefore be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em> -dive log. Knowledge of a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em> -file allows a smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> -</div></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content">The <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. One should avoid some special -characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double -quotes (") as part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use -UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the -<em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive -details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed the limits of the parser -used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a -smaller file to make sure everything works.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or -<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates -for the diving -location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em> -dive log. The Companion App stores the dive locations on -a dedicated Internet file server. <em>Subsurface</em>, in turn, can collect -the localities from the file server.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To do this:</p></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web - page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong> - will be sent, a long number that gives access to the file server and - Companion App capabilities. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Download the app from - <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play - Store</a> or from - <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in <em>Subsurface</em> companion - page using an Internet browser. One can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this - option, but this is supplied via email and followed up by interaction with - the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> in order - to activate the account. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forgot their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an - email to recover the number. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app - saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and does not ask for it again unless one uses the - <em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below). -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on -the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting <em>File → Preferences → -Defaults</em> from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. This facilitates -synchronisation between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The -Android display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without -any dives.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be -showed with 3 options:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it - is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world - map. A world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which one should indicate the - desired position with a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the - marked location is erroneous, simply indicate a new location) and select - the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing to enter the - name of the dive location and the date-time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In - order to import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> it’s advisable to set the - time to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and - located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the - stored locations shown. Now one needs to select the appropriate locations, - then select the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be - sent to the web service and added to the list on the Android device. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and -time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the -selection box to the left indicating that they require upload to the -server. One can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected -location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations -(such as <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) are performed on several locations that are -selected.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations -or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is -changed by selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below) -and then selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either -from the list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If one selects a -location (on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below) -where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>When one selects a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to -it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top -of the screen:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive - location. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Maps: Display a map showing the dive location. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), one needs to -upload it to the web service, as explained below.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by -simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right -arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it -should; it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to -be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion App</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above -(<strong>B</strong>).</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The - easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation - email but, of course, users can also type this information. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_synchronisation">Synchronisation</h5> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device - and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it - is automatically sent to the server. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service -running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous -collection of GPS locations.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behaviour of the service:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X - minutes until stopped by the user. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" /> -</td> -<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and -50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location -at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong> -every time one moves 50 m from previous location. If subsequent locations -are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is -not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the -user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every -50 meters.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_other">Other</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to -the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_search">Search</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Initiates the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined -settings.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by -resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account -can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own -ID. The disconnect option is useful if a user’s Android device was used to -download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. One needs to type the user ID -(obtained during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select -"Dive in" (see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive -location information.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive -location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a -continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, much later, after -import, subsurface can select the appropriate GPS locations based on the -times of dives. The default mode for the <em>iphone</em> is automatic. When one -adds a dive, the location service is started automatically and a red bar -appears at the bottom of the screen. After the dive one can click on the red -bar to end the location service. While the location service is running one -can only add dives using the manual mechanism.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>One can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive -list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The -dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone to the webservice and -there is not an option to trigger upload manually.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into -<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The -download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main -Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the -image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is -blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to initiate the -download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, users can -update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em> -which applies the coordinates and names entered on the app for all the new -dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If one has -entered the name of the dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the -GPS coordinates, this name will take precedence over downloaded one.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive -information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic -assignment of GPS data to dives is dependent on agreement of the date-time -information between these two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide -range tolerance, it may be unable to identify the appropriate dive if there -is a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the -Android device, resulting in no updates.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons -for this (e.g. time zones), or <em>Subsurface</em> may be unable to decide which is -the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running -<em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included -in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more -subsequent dives as well). A workaround for this situation to manually edit -the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading -the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading -GPS data.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">TIPS:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Background service</em>, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list - with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point - but reflecting the boat’s route. Currently these locations are difficult to - delete from the server. In some situations it is therefore prudent to clean - up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web - server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be - necessary, for instance, if one wants to keep the location list clear to see - dives in the web service map display (see above). -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to - the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name - Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a - dive trip with many dives and dive locations. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs -during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific -dive. <em>Subsurface</em> allows one to load photos into a dive. Photos are -superimposed on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_getting_synchronisation_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then -right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load -Images</em>:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need -to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The critical -problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the dive -computer used during a dive, and the camera used during that same -dive. These two devices often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can -achieve synchronisation, then the exact times of photographs can be used to -position photographs on the dive profile.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> achieves this synchronisation in three ways:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronisation of the dive computer time settings with - the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Manually</strong>: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the - difference in time between the two devices can be determined. Actually, as long as the device - settings for time has not been changed in either device, one could write down the times of - both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. One can then manually set the time - difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool - immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, evident in figure <strong>A</strong> below. - If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting - tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button. - In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted - 7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix - in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronisation is achieved. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronisation dialog" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a - photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can obtain - the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within - each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. If one uses - the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on - the horizontal bar entitled "<em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up - a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the - photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer - appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly - when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo - so that this tool reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the - date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between - camera and dive computer is, and synchronisation is achieved. - Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the - date-time. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the -dive, it is not placed on the dive profile.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions - reflecting the time each photograph was taken. In order to view the photos - on the dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar to - the left of the dive profile: -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail -photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the -<em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have -been added (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small -dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). If one -selects the dustbin, the image is removed from the dive. Therefore some care -is required when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using -the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em> -tab of the <em>Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive -(therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be -accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually -accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile give an -indication of when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a -thumbnail in the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a -thumbnail, the full-sized image is shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em> -window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it -(single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This -removes the photo both from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If -such a drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case) -the photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This facilitates the -interaction between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When -associating a dive profile with photos from an external drive, the normal -procedure of selection and synchronisation (see text above) is used. -However, after the external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot -access these photos any more. If the display of photos is activated (using -the toolbox to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program only shows a -small white dot where each photo should be on the dive profile. In addition -the <em>Photos</em> tab only shows the file names of the photos. This is normal -behaviour. If, later, the external drive with the photos is connected -again, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory - where the photo lies is stored, allowing <em>Subsurface</em> to find the photograph when the dive is - opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different - machine, it is unlikely that the directory structure will remain identical to that of the original uploaded - photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved, - cannot find them and therefore cannot display them. Because, after moving photos, large numbers of photos - may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the - process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the - other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded - into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can perform the - following steps:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively) - where photos have been moved - to, -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally - calculated when a photo was - loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), to - automatically update the directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find - the photo in the new moved directory. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This is achieved by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within - which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click - the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to - complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div> -<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade"> -<div class="content"> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that can -be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. When manipulating images, ensure that all the -images associated with the dive log can be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the -fingerprints associated with a single dive if: -- The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the <strong>Dive - Profile</strong>. -- One edits anything in the <strong>Notes tab</strong> panel and save the edits by selecting - <em>Apply changes</em>.</p></div> -</div></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one -cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have -enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if the diver -needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression -needs of the dive. For this reason multi-cylinder dives are often used by -technical divers who dive deep or long. As far as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned, -there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of - the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one, - specifying the characteristics of the cylinder and the gas composition within each cylinder. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Record the times at which switches from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information - provided by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer - by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to - record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option - was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point - in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After - right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from - those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the - <strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the - tank bar. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Having performed these tasks, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of -cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off -with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes to perform -decompression.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with -both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it is a popular -configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be performed by -recreational divers who have completed the appropriate training. Sidemount -dive logging involves, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives, above, three -steps:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two - cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes among these different - cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish among different - <em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means that when sidemount dives are downloaded - from these dive computers, the events of switching between cylinders with the same gas are not downloaded. This may mean - that one may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer - has this facility) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning - from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the - specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see - image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used). -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported - from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be indicated on the dive profile. - Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile and then - selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the - currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2 - to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then indicated on the dive - profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the - profile, then the cylinder change is also indicated on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all - the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures - for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive -logging tool.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) comprise a technical advance in -diving equipment that recirculates the breathing gas that a diver breathes, -while removing carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas. While a small amount -(typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water, -a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder -(typically containing nitrox). A diver, using a single cylinder of -breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than using a -recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small -amount of breathing gas is released every time the breather inhales. With -active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of breathing gas is -released continuously from the back cylinder.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required, just the normal steps -outlined above:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder. - Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the - cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on - <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for pSCR dives is -adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece which often requires -longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR dive using -EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive -lasted over two hours.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that -has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen -concentration: -a) remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled -regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The -CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental and under active -development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI and APD -Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional -recreational dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the -download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored -independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log -directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the -same way that it imports dive log data from other digital databases: one -dive at a time.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive -information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>, -select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to bring up the -<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in that -section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown -list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices that currently -includes(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files (import for other CCR -equipment is under active development). Having selected the appropriate CCR -format and the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from -the CCR dive computer, one can select a particular dive log file (in the -case of the MkVI it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the -appropriate dive log, activate the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of -the universal import dialogue. The selected dive is imported to the -<em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the -information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to -recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas -composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of -pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. In this case the graph for oxygen -partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings -during the dive. The mean pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as -given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as -follows:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However - differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different - sensors are treated as spurious. If one of the three sensors provides - spurious data, it is ignored. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to - the setpoint. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual -oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is -turned on by checking the appropriate checkboxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel -(accessible by selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences → -Graph</em></a>). This part of the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below, -representing two checkboxes that modify the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the -appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile has been activated.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these check boxes allows the display of additional -oxygen-related information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the -<em>Profile</em> panel is activated. The first checkbox allows the display of -setpoint information. This is a red line superimposed on the green oxygen -partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen -partial pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual -oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded -as follows:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Sensor 1: grey -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Sensor 2: blue -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Sensor 3: brown -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct -comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting -abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating -both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, -if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open -circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers -over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in -the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record -the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these -two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In -addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are -shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive, -including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the -cylinder pressure data. In this case there is good agreement from the -readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by -<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may -include setup information or metadata about the dive.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the -precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually not be determined from -the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive computers, -however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in -the dive log, reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this -ceiling is activated by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the -dive profile:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The default colour of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. However, -this can be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting -<em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>. Below is a dive profile indicating the dive -computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for -Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in -<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix -B</a>.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that has -been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the -surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive, -the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of -oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas -consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank -pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to -<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix D</a> for more information.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot -easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the -information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often -comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly -times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this -information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing -extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that -more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard -Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected, -figures pertaining to only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of -dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the -minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and -surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and -deepest dives of those selected.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most -detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on -the left hand side that allows control over several display options. The -functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive -Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to the -obvious information of the depth it also shows the ascent and descent rates -compared to the recommended speed of going up or down in the water -column. This information is given using different colours:</p></div> -<div class="tableblock"> -<table rules="all" -width="100%" -frame="border" -cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> -<col width="33%" /> -<col width="33%" /> -<col width="33%" /> -<tbody> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Couleur</strong></p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de descente (m/min)</strong></p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de remontée (m/min)</strong></p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Rouge</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Jaune</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert clair</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert foncé</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> -</tr> -</tbody> -</table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the -graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other -peaks. Mean depth is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up -to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive -Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of -the dive profile frequently increases the size of the dive profile to fill -the area of the panel efficiently.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values -placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O<sub>2</sub>, -N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and -dive computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or -repetitive dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, -those of nitrogen in black, and those of helium in dark red. These partial -pressure graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong> -during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature -graphs.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong> -during the dive.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong> -during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix, -Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during -the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when -manually entering the start and end pressures the graph is not a straight -line. Similarly to the depth graph the slope of the tank pressure gives the -user information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when -using an air integrated dive computer. Here the colour coding is not -relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalised air -consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times -of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when -the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate -information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart -rate sensor.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using -the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default -<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes -and 30m - (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are intuitively recognizable; -something -that free divers clearly won’t care about.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the -<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is -done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that the -user wishes to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white -area underneath the two red dots.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by -selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile -indicates the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not -active, the photos are hidden.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more -precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each -particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent -ceilings arise when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a -diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to -either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to -the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it -available for download; for example all of the Suunto dive computers fail to -make this very useful data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also -calculates ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive -profile. Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data -available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the -calculation) it is unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from -<em>Subsurface</em> are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em> -(see below) are used. It is also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates -a ceiling for non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in -non-deco mode during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span> -section in the profile at the beginning of this section). This is caused by -the fact that <em>Subsurface’s</em> calculations describe the deco obligation at -each moment during a dive, while dive computers usually take the upcoming -ascent into account. During the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly -helium) are already breathed off so even though the diver technically -encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does not require an explicit -deco stop. This feature allows dive computers to offer longer non-stop -bottom times.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to -<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by -checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a -ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a -particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two -ways:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is -clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the -Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, -then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be -represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In -general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen with a yellow bar and -helium with a red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a -trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder -(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light -blue bar.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure -(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann -ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster -tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the -ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure -limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For -divers involved in planned decompression diving, efficient rates of -offgasing are obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas -pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a -representation of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contrast, -the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong> -on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at -the moment in time reflected by the position of the cursor on the dive -profile.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their -depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on -<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently -used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if -the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. <strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated -gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer, -but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations during the -dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while -the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the -creation of Bookmarks or Gas Change Event markers or manual CCR set-point -changes other than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive -Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line and with the -time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse -button was initially clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve -a selection of which gas is being switched to, the list of choices being -based on the available gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Set-point -change events open a dialog allowing to choose the next set-point value. As -in the planner, a set-point value of zero indicates the diver is breathing -from an open circuit system while any non-zero value indicates the use of a -closed circuit rebreather (CCR). By right-clicking while over an existing -marker a menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the marker or to -allow all markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be restored -to view by selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the -dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the -<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> -panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see -left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved -around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so -that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information -Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The moment the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information -box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect -the time point along the dive profile indicated by the mouse cursor (see -right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the -situation at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Therefore, -moving the cursor in the horizontal direction allows the Information Box to -show information for any point along the dive profile. In this mode, the -Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling -characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the -dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature, -ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure, -maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic -depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements -at that instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated -ceiling, as well as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue -compartments.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as -four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum -Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is -dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21% -oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the -<strong>Preferences</strong> section (select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the -text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>. Below the MOD there is a markedly -increased risk of exposure to the dangers associated with oxygen toxicity.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>No-deco -Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration -that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth, that does -not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling appears). Once -one has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that is, there is an -ascent ceiling above the diver, then TTS gives the number of minutes -required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as -decompression time.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air -Consumption (SAC)</strong>. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised -respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real -respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly -double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication -of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive so -that the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for -SAC is litres/min or cub ft/min.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox -dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix -dives. These are numbers of importance to divers who use breathing gases -other than air. Their values are dependent on the composition of the -breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the -same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at -hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an air -dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical -air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases -nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect -the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth -equalling the END.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of -data.</p></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph indicating the -pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if -applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the -dive</em>, indicated by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The -drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of -the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the - light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and - measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green - area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not - indicate absolute pressure. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the - equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually - nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium - combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas - pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total - gas pressure value. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of - inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann - algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to - the depth of the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The - gradient factor shown is an interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh - values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of - <strong>Subsurface</strong>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived - M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation - is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the -Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand -side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the - surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the - equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the - tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas - pressures being far below the equilibrium gas pressure. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast - compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of - the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments - (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of - slowly increasing in pressure. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since, - during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 - bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now - exceed that of the total gas pressure and approaches the gradient factor - value (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in - exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 - minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the - pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in - the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the - diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_organising_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive or a group of dives can be performed -using the Dive List Context Menu, found by selecting either a single dive or -a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many manipulations described below.</p></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_customising_the_columns_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customising the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive, -Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This -information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header -bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header -brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see -above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or to be deleted from -the dive list (reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately -updated. Preferences for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and -used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low -sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The -numbering of the dives is not always consistent. For instance, when -non-recent dives are added to the dive list the numbering does not -automatically follow on because of the dives that are more recent in -date/time than the newly-added dive with an older date/time. Therefore, one -may sometimes need to renumber the dives. This is performed by selecting -(from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are given a choice with -respect to the lowest sequence number to be used. Completing this operation -results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the -<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>One can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the -dives that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the -Dive List Context Menu to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears -requiring the user to specify the starting number for the renumbering -process.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em> -can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It performs this by grouping dives that have -date/times not separated in time by more than two days, thus creating a -single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an -ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped -dive list comprising five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without -having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive -list, (from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel -now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip -title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip -title from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong> -panel. Here one can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip -location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the -dive company that was dived with, the general weather and surface conditions -during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, select <strong>Save</strong> from -the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab. The trip title in the -<strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the edited information.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more -trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This -expands the selected trip, revealing the individual dives performed during -the trip.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the context menu allows -several possibilities to expand or collapse dives within trips. This -includes expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips -by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip -above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes ten dives, the user can split this trip into two trips -(trip 1: top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and -right-clicking the top four dives. The resulting context menu allows the -user to create a new trip by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip -above</strong>. The top four dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The -figures below shows the selection and context menu on the left (A) and the -completed action on the right (B):</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and -right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting <strong>Delete -dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete -workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short -duration.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do -this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context -menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now -appear immediately above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending -on the date and time of the unlinked dive.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed -within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to -bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply -to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the -dive computer has an erroneous time. In order to do this, select and -right-click the dive(s) to be adjusted. This action brings up the context -menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> option should be selected. User must then -specify the time (in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be -adjusted and click on the option indicating whether the time adjustment -should be ealier or later.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the -surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by -the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> -panel. Users can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the -appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then -selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive -information in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that apply -to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two dives -that were merged:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or -redone. This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and -<em>shift dive times</em>. To do this after performing any of these actions, from -the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or -<em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, that is, one can select -only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, -dive master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering allows -one to list the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave -dives with a particular buddy.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This -opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons -are located at the top right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The -<em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting -the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimised by -selecting the <strong>green up-arrow". When minimised, only these three icons are -shown. The panel can be maximised by clicking the icon that minimised the -panel. The filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong> -with the white cross.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person -(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented -by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level -filter tool, allowing the listing of only some of the attributes within that -check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter textbox above the tags -check list results in the tags check list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and -"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering of the check list enables the rapid finding of search -terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one -of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the -dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. The four -check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators, Subsurface filters -therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy; but the filters -within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows -those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two routes for the export of dive information from Subsurface:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_Export_other">Exporter des informations de plongée vers d’autres - destinations ou formats</a> -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Export des informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em></h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>L’export des plongées vers <em>Facebook</em> est géré différemment des autres types -d’export car une connexion vers <em>Facebook</em> est nécessaire, nécessitant un -identifiant et un mot de passe. À partir du menu principal, si vous -sélectionnez <em>Fichier → Préférences → Facebook</em>, un écran de connexion est -présenté (image <strong>A</strong> sur la gauche, ci dessous). Entrez l’identifiant et le -mot de passe <em>Facebook</em>. Une fois connecté à <em>Facebook</em>, le panneau de -l’image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous est présenté, avec un bouton <em>Déconnecter de -Facebook</em> pour fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface</em> window it is easy to determe whether <em>Subsurface</em> has -a valid connection to <em>Facebook</em> From the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Share on → -Facebook</em> (image <strong>A</strong>, below). Normally, the <em>Facebook</em> option is greyed -out. But if there is a connection to <em>Facebook</em>, this option is active -(i.e. in black colour and can be selected).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois qu’une connexion à <em>Facebook</em> est établie, transférer un profil de -plongée vers <em>Facebook</em> est facile. Assurez-vous que la plongée à transférer -est affichée dans le panneau <strong>Profil de plongée</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si, à -partir du <strong>menu principal</strong>, vous sélectionnez <em>Partager sur → Facebook</em>, -une fenêtre s’affiche, pour déterminer quelles informations seront -transférées avec le profil de plongée (voir l’image <strong>B</strong> ci-dessous). Pour -transférer un profil de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>, le nom d’un album -<em>Facebook</em> doit être fourni. Les cases à cocher sur la partie gauche -permettent de sélectionner des informations supplémentaires à transférer -avec le profil de plongée. Ces informations sont affichées dans le champs de -texte sur la partie droite du panneau. (image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous). Vous pouvez -facilement modifier le message qui sera envoyé avec le profil de -plongée. Une fois les informations supplémentaires ajoutées et vérifiées, -sélectionner le bouton <em>OK</em> qui lance le transfert vers <em>Facebook</em>. Après un -moment, une fenêtre apparait indiquant le succès du transfert.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>À la fois l’album créé et la publication sur votre ligne temporelle seront -marquées comme privés. Pour que vos amis puissent voir la publication, -modifier les permissions à partir d’une connexion Facebook standard depuis -un navigateur ou l’application Facebook. Malgré que cela soit une étape -supplémentaire, c’est la meilleure solution pour éviter d’avoir des -publications non désirées sur votre ligne temporelle publique.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Si besoin, fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em> en fermant <em>Subsurface</em> ou en -sélectionnant _Fichier → Préférences → Facebook, à partir du menu -principal et en cliquant sur le bouton approprié dans le panneau des -préférences Facebook.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be reached by selecting -<em>File → Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always -gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive -List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images -below).</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more - information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many - dive computers and computer programs. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to - <em>Divelogs.de</em>, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for - <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this - service in order to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on the - recreational dives. In order to upload dives one has to provide a used ID, - so registration with <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive - profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy, - duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information - that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive, - including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each - dive. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with - an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript - must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited. It contains - most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show - the calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. calculated cylinder - pressure, gas pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search option to - search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the - Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export - all one’s dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a very - portable record of dives useful for dive companies that wish to verify the - dive history of a diver, often doing away with the need to carry one’s - original logbook with one when doing dives with dive companies. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and - some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If one - selects any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available - in text, as shown in the image below. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of - all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive - List</em>, together with the depth under water where of each of those photos - were taken. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options: -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the - numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered - starting from 1. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will - be attached to the HTML exports. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported - and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font - size and theme. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for -instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a -record of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it is important -information required for admission to further training courses or -(sometimes) even diving sites. The security of the dive log is therefore -critical. In order to have a dive log that is resistant to failure of a home -computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the Cloud is an obvious -solution. This also has the added benefit that one can access one’s dive log -from anywhere in the world without having to carry it with oneself. For this -reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store -dive log information on the Internet.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage -back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a -dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the -local hard disk. The only requirement is that one should first register as -a user on the cloud. To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these -steps:</p></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that - <em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the - dive log in the cloud. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the - (remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to - the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the - email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text - box, not visible previously. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog -(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email -address confirmation) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account -will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Once the cloud storage has been initialised, two new items appear in the - <em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>. -These options allow the user to load and save data to the <em>Subsurface -cloud storage</em> server. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, one can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud -storage</em> data as one’s default data file by checking the check box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>. - This means that the data from -the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts ans saved there when one closes <em>Subsurface</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully -functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronises the -data with the cloud server the next time ithe program is used while the computer is -connected to the Internet. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that -one can also access one’s dive data from any web browser. Simply open -<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>, -log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of -the last dive data that was synced to the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The -dive information that is shown is only the contents of the recorded dive -logs, NOT the calculated values shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel, including some -cylinder pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If one prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and -don’t need the web access), it is also simple to store dive logs in the -cloud using several of the existing facilities on the Internet. For -instance <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application that -allows files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on one’s -desktop computer.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content -on one’s desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, -the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and -<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the -local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet -connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote -copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated -whenever Internet access is available.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in one’s <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly -from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet -access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox -(Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the -<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a> -Alternatively one can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a mechanism to backup one’s dive -log. To Store a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the -<em>Subsurface</em> main menu, navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the -<em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open -Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu and navigate to the dive log file -in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the -same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible interface to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives. - Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Before printing, two decisions are required:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the - dive log is required, then select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> - panel. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -If the dive profiles needs printing, what gas partial pressure information - should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to - the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the the dialogue below -(image <strong>A</strong>) appears. Three specifications are needed to achieve the desired -information and page layout:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options: -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and - other information. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Under <em>Print options</em> select: -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Printing only the dives selected from the dive list prior to activating the - print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only selected dives</em>. If this - check box is <strong>not</strong> checked all dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with <em>Print in colour</em>. If - this check box is not checked, printing is in monochrome (grey scale). -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are -several templates (see image <strong>B</strong>, above).</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below). -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the - dive profiles - of each dive (see below): -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see - below) -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on -the dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview, -changes to the options in the print dialogue can be made, resulting in a -layout that fits personal taste.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this -section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the user -operating system, allowing one to choose a printer and to set its properties -(see image below):</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing -the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the -dives. Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular -page.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_créer_un_modèle_d_8217_impression_personnalisé_avancé">10.1. Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé (avancé)</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized -printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. One can create -a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an -existing template by using the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em> -dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for -information on how to write or modify a template.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> permet de configurer son ordinateur de plongée. Actuellement, -les familles d’ordinateurs supportés sont Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) -et Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko et -Zoop). De nombreux paramètres de ces ordinateurs de plongée peuvent être -lues et modifiées. La première étape est de s’assurer que les pilotes pour -votre ordinateur de plongée sont installés (également nécessaire pour -télécharger les plongées) et que le nom de périphérique de l’ordinateur de -plongée est connu. Voir -<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">ANNEXE A</a> pour plus d’informations sur la manière de procéder.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>, -sélectionner <em>Fichier → Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du -menu principal. Fournir le nom du périphérique dans le champ en haut du -panneau de configuration et sélectionner le bon modèle d’ordinateur de -plongée à partir du panneau à gauche (voir l’image ci-dessous).</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>En utilisant les boutons appropriés du panneau de configuration, les actions -suivantes peuvent être réalisées :</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée - dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l’affichant dans le panneau de configuration. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique</strong>. Cela change la configuration de l’ordinateur - de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Sauvegarder</strong>. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. <em>Subsurface</em> demande - l’emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Restaurer une sauvegarde</strong>. Cela charge les informations à partir d’un fichier de sauvegarde et l’affiche - dans le panneau de configuration. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Mettre à jour le firmware</strong>. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l’ordinateur de plongée, - il sera chargé dans l’ordinateur de plongée. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by -selecting <em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings are performed in seven groups: -<strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Facebook</strong> and -<strong>Georeference</strong>, all of which operate on the same principles: the user must -specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved -using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then -leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>. If <strong>Discard</strong> is selected, -changes to the preferences are not saved.</p></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the - <strong>Dive Table</strong> panel. By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, users can see more dives on a screen. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> one needs to specify the directory and - file name of one’s - electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>ssrf</em>. When - launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options: -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk - as described above. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud - device that was initialised using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below). -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide - dives that he/she doesn’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to - keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in - the dive list. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Specify the default cylinder listed in - the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using - animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to - dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not - happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled - by setting this slider - with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation - at all. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are - cleared and set to default values. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Here users can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, -volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio -button at the top, one can specify that all units are in the chosen -measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the <strong>Personalise</strong> radio -button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric -system and others in imperial.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Irrespective of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in -seconds or minutes. Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be -represented either as traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or -as decimal degrees Choose the appropriate option.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3> -<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Show</strong>: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of -the dive profile: -<strong> Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during - the dive, enabled by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> - panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the - Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is - highlighted in red, indicating that the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded. -</strong> <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD) - for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used. -<strong> _Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox allows exactly what it says. By default - the computer reported ceiling is shown in white. - Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ - from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and - gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way that a - dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive. -</strong> <em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list. -<strong>* <em>Show average depth</em>: If this box is checked, the *Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that indicates - the mean depth of the dive up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before the - ascent.</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Misc</strong>: -</p> -<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is - the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface. - At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used. - Gradient factors add conservatism to the nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a - similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower - the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with - respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient - factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered - harsh. Checking the <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the - deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at - all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see: -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox ativated, the pO<sub>2</sub> - graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which inticates the CCR setpoint - values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub> - values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system. - See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong> -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a - CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained - during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the - profile context menu. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semiclosed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the - volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning - and decompression calculations. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the - environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a - pSCR dive plan. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox allows one to use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most -cases will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the -same language / country settings as the underlying operating system. If this -is for some reason undesirable one can uncheck this checkbox and pick a -language / country combination from the list of included localizations. The -<em>Filter</em> text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there -are several system variants of English or French. <strong>This particular -preference requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take effect</strong>.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources -on the Internet. This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs -to communicate with Internet services such as Cloud storage or the -<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a>. These Internet requirements are -determined by one’s type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet -Service Provider (ISP) used. One’s ISP should provide the appropriate -information.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Proxy type</em>: -If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list, -after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should -be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and -password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass -through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained -from one’s ISP. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store one’s dive log in the cloud, a valid email address - and password are required. This allows <em>Subsurface</em> to email security information - regarding cloud storage to a user, and to set up the cloud storage appropriately. - Two additional options are given: -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage - while the user performs other tasks within <em>Subsurface</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this - information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Subsurface web service</em>: When one subscribes to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very - long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By - checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, one ensures that a local copy of that userID - is saved. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Accès Facebook</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Ce panneau vous permet de vous connecter à votre compte Facebook pour -transférer des informations de Subsurface vers Facebook.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Si un identifiant Facebook et un mot de passe valides ont été fournis, une -connexion vers Facebook est créée. Cette connexion est fermée lorsque -Subsurface est fermé. Pour le moment, la case à cocher nommée "Conserver ma -connexion à Subsurface", sur l'écran de connexion, n’a aucun -effet. Reportez-vous à la section <a href="#S_facebook">Export des profils de -plongée vers Facebook</a> pour plus d’informations.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_georeference">12.7. Georeference</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates -of a dive site (derived from a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom -right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or from the -<em>Subsurface</em> Companion app), a lookup on the Internet is performed to find -the name of the closest known location. Obviously this function only works -if <em>Subsurface</em> has an Internet connection. The preference of the dive site -name can be configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em> or <em>City/State/Country</em> -(see image below).</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessible by -selecting <em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of -nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the -addition of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div> -<div class="sidebarblock"> -<div class="content"> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> -</td> -<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user -is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly -used under the following conditions:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to - perform dive planning. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The user plans dives within his/her certification limits. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the - <em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health - or personal history or life style characteristics. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is - used. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should - not use this feature. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several -sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered -into the several sections on the left hand side of the screen. The setup is -divided into several sections: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options -and Notes.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> upon which the profile of -the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained -below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of -use.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan -Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way -that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning -messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Towards the centre bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image - above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these: -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Open Circuit (the default) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -CCR -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -pSCR -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Choose the Open Circuit option. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, ensure that the constant - dive parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the - intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive - site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in metres, - assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the - cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that - cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for <a href="#S_CylinderData">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the cylinder type by double clicking - the cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work - pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed - empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen - and/or helium concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add - additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to the top right-hand of the - dialogue. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways: -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile in - a way to represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by - double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted by - right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from - the resulting context menu. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate - values into the table marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the - table represents the duration and the final depth of the descent from the - surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. The <em>CC - set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. The ascent is - usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to - calculate. Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon - at the top right hand of the table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner - points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> diagram. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the -non-decompression limit (NDL). It computes the maximal time a diver can -stay at the current depth without incurring any mandatory decompression -stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The -planner automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred in -previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that can -take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational -dives? Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken -into account. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant depth -corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This -means that dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during -previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner calculates nitrogen load -according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, in a -similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This -means that the diver gets <em>credit</em> in terms of nitrogen loading for not -remaining at maximum depth during previous dives, enabling planning of a -longer subsequent dive. For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to -upload all previous dives onto <em>Subsurface</em> before performing dive planning.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This -allows calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em> - and <em>Safety Stop</em>. Check these two boxes. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the - starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under - <em>Available gases</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough - air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be realistic, - under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC) - rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min, - with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Define the amount of gas that the cylinder must have at the end of the - bottom section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often - used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible need - need to bring one’s buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is - used in sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be a bit hard - to estimate, so most agencies assume a fixed amount of gas, or actually of - pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em> - can do better because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the - amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“). Subsurface still - uses a fixed pressure „reserve“ but that is supposed to be for the - additional gas used around the realisation that there is a problem and one’s - pulse rate goes up when one starts to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is - user configurable. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the - dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the - table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as desribed under the previous heading. If - this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the - dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate - dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> table. <em>Subsurface</em> will - automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum duration - within the no-decompression limits (NDL). -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those - considered safe for recreational divers. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner indicates the maximum dive time within -no-deco limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth -settings specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner allows rapid -assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen -load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the -amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under -<em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive -duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account -gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it -means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive -duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30 -metres. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 minutes, the duration of the -dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder, reflected by the -information in the text box at the bottom right of the panel that requires -sufficient air for buddy-sharing during the ascent.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or -using multiple breathing gases. Such dives are planned in three stages:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent, -as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em> -to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B -model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low -need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em> -panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within -the planner), the new values are -used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>. Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths. -A very low GFLow value brings about decompression stops early on during the dive. - ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified -on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). This model -tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often -results in slightly shorter dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When -selecting one of these models, keep in mind that they are NOT exact -physiological models but only mathematical models that appear to work in -practice.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding - M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient - factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> -<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco -for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: -1-905492-07-3. Un excellent livre non technique qui traite à la fois des -modèles de décompression Bühlmann et VPM-B. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive -and is specified for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean) -depth as a yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is indicated by a -light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often -in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in -the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option -<em>Drop to first depth</em> is activated, then the descent phase of the planned -dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified in the <em>Rates</em> section of -the dive setup.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial -pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the -bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>). -The most commonly -used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression -stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the -<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during -ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary consideration. One needs to keep within the limits of the amount of gas within the dive -cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly -sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate -of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in -litres/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the -bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the -dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a thumbsuck guess -is not sufficient and one needs to -monitor one’s gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment. -The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning -if one exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that one does not dive to -the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept for unforeseen circumstances. -For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the -dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers a unique graphical interface for performing this -part of the planning. The mechanics of doing this is similar to -hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon -activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered -in the bue design surface to the top right hand of the screen. The white -dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more -waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and ensuring that the -profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent the -depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify the ascent -part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the settings -that have been specified. If any of the management limits (for nitrogen, -oxygen or gas) is exceeded, the surface above the dive profile changes from -BLUE to RED.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the -table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the <em>Used Gas</em> -value in each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures -specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table. Add new waypoints until the main -features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and -deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the -ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional way -points in order to fulfil decompression requirements for that dive. A -waypoint can be moved by selecting that waypoint and by using the arrow -keys. The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be -edited by hand in order to obtain a precise presentation of the dive -plan. In fact, one can create the whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive -Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as -explained in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions -defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used, -automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to the -surface. However, these changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas -change and by manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the -appropriate waypoint.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner -points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the -segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last -manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is -computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the -last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero -set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only -considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent -using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the <em>Save</em> -button towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will -appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the -exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified -by checking any of the options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive -planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim -dive plan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive -plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded -during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan -information.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of -each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration -INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display -transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately -from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than -<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list. -The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> -from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump -ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop -accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the -pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered a save value, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan -details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out -cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables -are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints -are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable -to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen -in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in -the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the -diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen -cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from -the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table -use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments -in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint -means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. The decompression is always calculated -using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a -CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression -algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but, -of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment -is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 litres are the norm.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive -List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is not a way to -change a saved dive plan. To perform changes to a dive plan, select it on -the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This -will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes -to be made and saved as usual.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned -dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is -saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered -two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during -decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the -repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start -Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures correctly and -the effect of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive, -then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been completed -and then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned -dive, the planner takes into account the gas loading incurred during the -completed dive and allows planning within these limitations.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a -template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one -now wishes to plan a dive using this configuration, just highlight the -template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes -into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive -Plan Details</em> for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the <em>Dive -Plan Details</em> for inclusion in a text file or word processing document.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, -dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and -gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being -designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive -planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan -Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved, -it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas -calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning -process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em> -facility on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and -paste to a word processor.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">14. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu -principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers -des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_fichier">14.1. Fichier</h3> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée - actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Ouvrir un carnet de plongée</em> - Cela ouvre une fenêtre pour sélectionner le - carnet de plongée à ouvrir. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in - <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Sauvegarder</em> - Enregistrer le carnet de plongée qui est actuellement - ouvert. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to - <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Fermer</em> - Fermer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement - ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux - formats. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimer</em></a> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement - ouvert. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Préférences</em></a> - Définir les préférences de <em>Subsurface</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives - have been moved to - a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate - dives. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - Modifier la - configuration d’un ordinateur de plongée. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Quitter</em> - Quitter <em>Subsurface</em>. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_importer">14.2. Importer</h3> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importer depuis un l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - - Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importer des fichiers de log</em></a> - Importer des - informations de plongées à partir d’un fichier d’un format compatible avec - <em>Subsurface</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importer les données GPS depis le service web Subsurface</em></a> - - Charge les coordonnées GPS à partir de l’application mobile <em>Subsurface</em> - (téléphones et tablettes). -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importer depuis Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importer des - informations de plongées à partir de <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_journal_log">14.3. Journal (log)</h3> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle - plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive of which the profile was entered by hande and not - from a dive computer. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planifier une plongée</em></a> - Cette fonctionnalité permet de - planifier des plongées. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur</em></a> - Modifier une - plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em></a> - En - sélectionnant cette option, vous pouvez copier les informations de plusieurs - champs d’un journal de plongée vers le presse-papier. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em> - Colle, dans les plongées - sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au - préalable avec l’option <em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renuméroter</em></a> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans - le panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_Group"><em>Grouper automatiquement</em></a> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de - <strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier - les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour faciliter vos journaux (logs). -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement - certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_vue">14.4. Vue</h3> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Tout</em></a> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de - <em>Subsurface</em> simultanément. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Liste des plongées</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la - <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profil</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du <strong>profil de la - plongée</strong>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des <strong>notes</strong>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la <strong>carte - mondiale</strong>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Statistiques annuelles</em> - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des - plongées effectuées. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Prev DC</em> - If a single dive was logged from more than one dive computer, - switch to data from - ordinateur de plongée précédent. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Ordinateur suivant</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée suivant. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Plein écran</em> - Passer en mode plein écran. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_share_on">14.5. Share on</h3> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Partager la plongée sélectionnée sur votre - Facebook. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_aide">14.6. Aide</h3> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>À propos de Subsurface</em> - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de - <em>Subsurface</em> ainsi que les informations de licence. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Vérifier les mises à jour</em> - Vérifier si une nouvelle version de - Subsurface est disponible sur le <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de - <em>Subsurface</em> </a>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Sondge utilisateur</em></a> - Aider à rendre <em>Subsurface</em> encore - meilleur en répondant à notre sondage utilisateur ou en répondant à un autre - sondage, si vos habitudes de plongées ont changées. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Manuel utilisateur</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_annexe_a_informations_spécifiques_au_système_d_8217_exploitation_utilisé_pour_importer_les_informations_de_plongées_depuis_un_ordinateur_de_plongée">15. ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d’exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_assurez_vous_que_les_pilotes_drivers_nécessaires_sont_installés">15.1. Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Le système d’exploitation de l’ordinateur nécessite les bons pilotes pour -communiquer avec l’ordinateur de plongée de la façon utilisée par -l’ordinateur de plongée (Bluetooth, USB, infra-rouge).</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La - plupart des distributions Linux le font automatiquement, de telle sorte que - l’utilisateur n’ait rien à faire de particulier. Cependant, certains - protocoles de communication nécessitent des pilotes additionnels, plus - particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l’infra-rouge. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Sous Windows, le bon pilote devrait être téléchargé automatiquement la - première fois que l’utilisateur branche son ordinateur de plongée sur le - port USB de son ordinateur de bureau. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Sous Mac, les utilisateurs peuvent parfois avoir besoin d’installer -manuellement le bon pilote. Par exemple, pour le Mares Puck ou n’importe -quel autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant une interface USB-série basé sur -le composant Silicon Labs CP2101 ou similaire, le bon pilote est disponible -sous <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> sur le -<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">dépôt -de documents et logiciels Silicon Labs</a>.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Lorsqu’un utilisateur connecte un ordinateur de plongée en utilisant l’USB, -généralement <em>Subsurface</em> proposera soit une liste déroulante contenant le -bon nom (ou le point de montage pour un Uemis Zurich) ou la liste sera -désactivée si aucun nom de périphérique n’est nécessaire. Dans les rares cas -où cela ne fonctionnerait pas, voici quelques suggestions pour trouver le -nom de votre périphérique ;</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir -tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée -connectés.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux :</div><p>Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Déconnecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Ouvrir un terminal -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Connecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd -usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial -USB Serial support registered for generic -usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic -usbserial: USB Serial Driver core -USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device -ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected -usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM -usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2 -usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64 -usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64 -usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64 -usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3 -usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio -ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l’adaptateur FTDI USB est -détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être -utilisée pour les paramètres d’importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour -que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>S’assurer que l’utilisateur possède les droits d'écriture sur le port série -USB :</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Sur les systèmes similaires à Unix, les ports USB ne peuvent être accédés -que par des utilisateurs membres du groupe <code>dialout</code>. Si vous n'êtes pas -root, vous n'êtes peut-être pas membre de ce groupe et ne pouvez donc pas -utiliser le port USB. Si votre nom d’utilisateur est <em>johnB</em> :</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs -d’Ubuntu : <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe -<code>dialout</code>. -Tapez : <code>id johnB</code> Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et -vérifiez que -l’appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe <code>dialout</code> devrait -être listé -parmi les différents IDs. -Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu’après une déconnexionpuis reconnexion sur l’ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple). -Avec le bon nom de périphérique (par exemple <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) et avec un accès -en écriture au port USB, l’ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et -vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs -Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator and Petrel there is a different -procedure to get the devices name to communicate with <em>Subsurface</em>. Follow -these steps:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.</strong> -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user -guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel, select <em>Dive Log → Upload -Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong> -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_sur_windows_2">15.3.1. Sur Windows :</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer -choose <em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>. This -should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in -Bluetooth mode) and allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose -<em>Properties→ COM Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive -computer. If there are several ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing" -instead of "Incoming".</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should -contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer -using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_sur_macos">15.3.2. Sur MacOS :</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth -Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of -devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only -be needed once for initial setup.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or -Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_sur_linux">15.3.3. Sur Linux</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common -distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be -straight forward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon on the right -of the toolbar at the top of the screen. Users have reported difficulties -with some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, try -that first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you -have a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any -others.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled -device, such as the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and -will generally require the command prompt. It is essentially a three step -process.</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Establish an RFCOMM connection -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Download the dives with Subsurface -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em> and -<em>Petrel 2</em>, cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then <em>Upload Log</em>. -The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and will -countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait CMD -…</em> and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from Subsurface, -the display reads <em>Sending</em> then <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>. -The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On -most Linux systems this means becoming a member of the dialout group (This -is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described in -the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using -the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive -computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and -select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a -password, enter 0000. Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive -computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method didn’t work, pair the device from the command -line. Open a terminal and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller -status</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>$ hciconfig -hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB - BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8 - *DOWN* - RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0 - TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB, -connected as hci0. Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional -controllers will appear as hci1, etc. If there is not a Bluetooth dongle -plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. Now -power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted) -hciconfig -hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB - BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8 - *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH* - RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0 - TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused -controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez -5, such as Fedora 22, one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will -bring up its own command prompt.</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>bluetoothctl -[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default] -[bluetooth]# agent on -Agent registered -[bluetooth]# default-agent -Default agent request successful -[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode -Discovery started -[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes -[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel -[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address -[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes -Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded -[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55 -Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55 -[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes -[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345 -[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes -Pairing successful -[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says -<em>Connected: no</em>. The important part is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04), -there is probably not a <code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called -<code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning -Scanning ... - 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel - bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user -reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5 -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1 -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1 -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload -mode and enter:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5 -Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive -computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted) -Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1 -Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel -in the list above doesn’t work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help -determine the appropriate channel. The output below is for a <em>Shearwater -Petrel 2</em>.</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55 -Service Name: Serial Port -Service RecHandle: 0x10000 -Service Class ID List: - "Serial Port" (0x1101) - Protocol Descriptor List: - "L2CAP" (0x0100) - "RFCOMM" (0x0003) - Channel: 5</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel -listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user -forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s -upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select -<em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor -(e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point -(<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file -system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and -equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very -similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those -that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that -one does not enter a device name, but instead the location where the -UEMISSDA file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On -Windows this is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is -<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the -distribution. On Fedora it usually is -<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should -suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis -Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation -(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that one -cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on -the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time one downloads -dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day -or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em> -displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space the solution is -straight forward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and -reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the -download will continue where it stopped previously. One may have to do this -more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between -the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle -based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller -manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics -companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using -the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for -the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the -<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the -<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After -the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device -name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive -computer and download dive information.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are -available from some Internet web sites e.g. -<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>. -Windows-based IrDA drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the -ScubaPro web site, drivers being located on the download page for the -ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available -for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF -file for every dive. Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open. -Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, -so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient -factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay -in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco -calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on -the DR5.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF" -option in BLACK’s logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are -available in LOGBOOK directory. Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but -does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for -<em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors -in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the -<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated -by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP -BLACK.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel using Bluetooth</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the -section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom -communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, -obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows -application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive -logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilises the -IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time, -comprising three files:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt - extension) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Dive log details (file with a .csv extension) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed - version of the dive log using a proprietary format. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log -information.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are -downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained -when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log -Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and -managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types -of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into -<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>". -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to - Clipboard</em>". -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac). -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text - file with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the - <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labled - <em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer". -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file that has been created - above. An import dialogue opens indicating the default settings for the data - in the <em>.apd</em> file. If any changes are required, do this as for - <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel allows one to select the - APD dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default - it is DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is - possible to sequentially import the data for both dive computers by first - importing CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs for the two dive computers are - viewed by selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from the Main Menu after the uploading - has been completed) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive -computer-generated ceiling generated by the Inspiration can be viewed by -selecting the appropriate button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder -pressure data are not logged by the APD equipment but can be manually -entered in the <em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly -performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, -then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more -information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in -some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from - <em>Subsurface</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>. -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log -data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to -Linux and/or Windows.</p></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers. -Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent -Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The -different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file -naming conventions to export dive log data.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the - appropriate dives. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later: -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the - last dive -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -<li> -<p> -With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called - <em>Export Path</em>. -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Click the browse button next to the field Export Path -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -A file-manager like window pops up -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Navigate to the directory for storing the - Divelog.SDE file -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Optionally change the name of the file for saving -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Click <em>Save</em> -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em> -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE. -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a -divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the -dives are stored. the user can either look for the original database or make -a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -Start Suunto DM4/DM5 -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Select <em>Help → About</em> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Now open Windows Explorer -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -Start Suunto DM4/DM5 -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Select <em>File - Create backup</em> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use - DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Click <em>Save</em> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak) -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows -downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers. -The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at -C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be -directly imported to Subsurface.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a -Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The -database includes all Dive Organiser-registered divers on the particular -computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to obtain a copy -of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible -format which can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -Within Dive Organiser, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and - back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file - DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a - file <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>. -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert -the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all -the details, and we would lack e.g. gas switches and information of what -units are used. With database import, all this information is included and -readily available for us.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface, do the following:</p></div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Select <em>Settings</em> button -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Close the Settings dialog -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the -dives are automatically converted to our own format. Last step to do is save -the log file in Subsurface.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_annexe_d_exporter_un_tableur_vers_le_format_csv">18. ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>De nombreux plongeurs conservent un carnet de plongée sous forme de fichier -numérique, souvent un tableur avec différents champs et informations. Ces -données peuvent facilement être importées dans <em>Subsurface</em> après que le -tableur a été converti en fichier CSV. Cette section explique la procedure -pour convertir un carnet de plongée enregistrée sous forme de tableur vers -un fichier CSV qui pourra ensuite être importé dans <em>Subsurface</em>. Créer un -fichier CSV est une tache simple malgré que la procédure soit différente -selon le tableur utilisé.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>La première étape est d’organiser les données de plongées dans le tableur -pour que la première ligne contienne le nom (ou le titre) de chaque colonne -et que les informations de chaque plongée soient contenues sur une seule -ligne. <em>Subsurface</em> supporte de nombreux éléments (Dive #, Date, Time, -Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight et -Tags). L’utilisateur peut organiser les données de plongées selon quelques -règles simples :</p></div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Durée : le format est minutes:secondes. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Système d’unité : un seul système d’unité doit être utilisé (pas de mélange - entre les unités impériales et métriques) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des - virgules. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Position GPS : vous devez utiliser les degrés décimaux, par exemple : - 30.22496 30.821798 -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_et_em_openoffice_calc_em">18.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> et <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open -source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em> -and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format -should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one -of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like -this:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File → -Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the -file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em> -to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), -then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and -then import the dive data as explained on the section -<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not -accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft -Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the -Windows machine use the new character as a separator. One can change the -character back to the default character by following the same procedure, -outlined below.</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, and then select <em>Control - Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Do one of the following: <strong> In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then - click <em>Customize this format</em>. </strong> In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional - Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited - file, type the word TAB in the box. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Click <em>OK</em> twice. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the -top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the -right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an -alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue, -marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Ensure that -the appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder -that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a -text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section -<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a mechanism to create or modify templates for printing -dive logs in order to produce customised printouts of dive logs. Templates, -written in HTML as well as a simple Grantlee instruction set, are rendered -to the print device by <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box allows one to <em>Edit</em>, -<em>Delete</em>, <em>Import</em> and to <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or -modified templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the -dive log being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select -one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue -(see image <strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final -desired printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel comprises three tabs:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and colour - template used for printing the dive log. The style attributes are - editable. Choose one of the four colour palets used for colour printing.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colours used for - printing the dive log. The colours are highly customisable: the <em>Edit</em> - buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing abritrary colours for different - components of the dive log printout.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a - template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming - primitives. Grantlee provides the ability to create and format HTML code in - a highly simple but efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can - be edited and saved. The saved template is stored in the same directory as - the dive being processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em> template is a skeleton with - no specific print instructions. The informastion being printed needs to be - specified and formatted in the by replacing the section marked with: "<!-- - Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions - allows unlimited freedom in determining what is printed an in which way it - should be rendered.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>One can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log -directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be -modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in -the print dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template the following elements must exist so that the -template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">19.1. Main dive loop</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em> -backend. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="title">template.html</div> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %} - <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1> - {% endfor %}</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="title">output.html</div> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1> - <h1> 2 </h1> - <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found -<a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div> -<div class="tableblock"> -<table rules="all" -width="100%" -frame="border" -cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> -<col width="50%" /> -<col width="50%" /> -<tbody> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) data of the dive</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) divemaster data</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy data</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of dive</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of dive</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating ranges from 0 to 5</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) sac value</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) all dive tags concatenate together</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) used gas cylinder</p></td> -</tr> -</tbody> -</table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as -<em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data -is shown in the following table:</p></div> -<div class="tableblock"> -<table rules="all" -width="100%" -frame="border" -cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> -<col width="50%" /> -<col width="50%" /> -<tbody> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td> -</tr> -</tbody> -</table> -</div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="title">template.html</div> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="title">output.html</div> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable -contains a single member:</p></div> -<div class="tableblock"> -<table rules="all" -width="100%" -frame="border" -cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> -<col width="50%" /> -<col width="50%" /> -<tbody> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td> -</tr> -</tbody> -</table> -</div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="title">template.html</div> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code> body { - {{ print_options.grayscale }}; - }</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="title">output.html</div> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code> body { - -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%); - }</code></pre> -</div></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses a special -<em>CSS</em> selectors to do some searches in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors -in the following table should be added.</p></div> -<div class="tableblock"> -<table rules="all" -width="100%" -frame="border" -cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> -<col width="33%" /> -<col width="33%" /> -<col width="33%" /> -<tbody> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each div that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the div with this class to be divided into two pages, this can be used -in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td> -</tr> -</tbody> -</table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when -data-numberofdives = 0).</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives -in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to fit as much dives as possible into -one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the -rendering mode</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -render 6 dives per page: -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -render as much dives as possible: -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any -page size.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">20. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3> -<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending -with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em> -calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates -gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular, -it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, Gas -consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure - -end pressure)</code></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive -theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually -don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that -one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong> -calculation is:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar". -It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a -fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do -high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the -majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without -the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple -calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The -compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about -eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface -pressure.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or -be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as -mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts -becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not -contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts -pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">20.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, -divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer -differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to -trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for -your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long - -because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say -it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It’s -even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW -dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it -at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long -dive”.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3> -<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones even -though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of e.g. 999 -dives.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log. The -history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total amount of -time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store the dive -profile, but they have limited amount of memory to do so. The exact amount -of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depend on sample interval -and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the oldest dives get -overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to download the last 13, -30 or 199 dives.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before -they were overwritten, there is a high chance that Subsurface can import -these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they cannot be -salvaged after being over written by new dives.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div> -<div id="footer"> -<div id="footer-text"> -Last updated 2015-10-13 20:41:46 CEST -</div> -</div> -</body> -</html> +subsurface.bin</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list:
+<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be
+analysed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual
+information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div>
+</div></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive
+computers and <em>Subsurface</em>, for instance, the Shearwater Petrel Mk2 and the
+OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent
+Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication
+requires four steps:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Ensure that Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running
+ <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Ensure that <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Ensure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in
+ PC upload mode.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Ensure that <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting <em>Import → Import from dive
+computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. If one checks the check box labelled
+<em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears.</p></div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_sur_linux_ou_macos">Sur Linux ou MacOS :</h5>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
+and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right-hand side, On the lefthand
+side, if the computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices
+the user can use the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to
+<em>Subsurface</em>. The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown
+below the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> check
+box.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the
+local Bluetooth device. Ensure that the Bluetooth driver is installed
+correctly on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other
+Bluetooth utilities like <em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This achieves the
+first two steps above.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload mode and
+that it is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual of
+the dive computer to perform this. Now the third item in the list above has
+been achieved.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left of the dialogue
+above. After searching for a small amount of time, the dive computer should
+be listed (perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list
+box on the lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this is not
+achieved, select the <em>Clear</em> button and then scan again for Bluetooth
+devices using the <em>Scan</em> button. After performing these actions <em>Subsurface</em>
+should see the dive computer. The label of the discovered dive computer
+contains the name of the device, its address and its pairing status. If the
+device is not paired and has a red background colour, a context menu can be
+opened by selecting the item with a right-click. Select the the <em>Pair</em>
+option and wait for the task to complete.</p></div>
+<div class="sidebarblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive
+computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use
+other OS utilities as suggested below.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl
+[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
+Agent registered
+[bluetooth]# default-agent
+Default agent request successful
+[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
+Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
+[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
+Request PIN code
+[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue can be
+pressed. This closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the
+<em>Download from dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The
+downloaded dives are shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_sur_windows">Sur Windows :</h5>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the
+right is not displayed. To successfully initiate a scan (by pressing the
+<em>Scan</em> button) check that the Bluetooth device on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
+is turned on.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during the download
+process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask for your
+permissions and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a
+device, Tap to set up your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a
+discovered item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button. Finally select the
+<em>Download</em> button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to
+complete.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Be aware that currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth
+adapters which use Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses
+<em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSolei</em> drivers it
+will definitely not work.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A log messageOn the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em>
+shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To select
+another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection
+dialogue" press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download
+mode"</em> option.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>: If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
+gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly,
+ <em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful,
+ <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains
+information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection
+with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to
+upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if one’s partner’s dive
+computer is the same make and model as one’s own and dive logs are uploaded
+from both dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then one would
+perhaps like to call one dc "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other one "Bob’s
+Suunto D4". Alternatively, consider a technical diver dives with two or more
+dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded.
+In this case it might be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and
+another one "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. On the
+<strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog opens, indicating
+the current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for
+upload. Edit the Nickname field for the appropriate dive computer. After
+saving the Nickname, the dive logs show the nickname for that particular
+device instead of the model name, allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive
+computer is not complete and more details must be added in order to have a
+fuller record of the dives. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs
+on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record the user needs to add additional
+information by hand. The procedure below is virtually identical for
+hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases, one has to provide the date and time of the dive, e.g. when
+entering a dive by hand or when a dive computer does not provide the date
+and time of the dive. (Usually the date and time of the dive, gas mixture
+and water temperature are shown as obtained from the dive computer) If the
+contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the message in
+a blue box at the top of the panel indicates that the dive is being
+edited. If one clicks on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are visible
+(left hand image, below):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive
+information. The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By
+clicking the date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the
+correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and
+minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text
+box and by over-typing the information displayed.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
+in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
+temperature information and this box may therefore contain information.
+If air temperature is not provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading
+might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close enough to the real air temperature as
+the change in the temperature sensor reading is quite slow to follow the changes in the environment.
+If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be
+automatically supplied by
+<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will
+be used).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log. The dive
+information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs can therefore not be edited
+at the same time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive
+information (e.g. divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive)
+by selecting <em>Apply changes</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab before editing the dive site
+information. Only then, supply a dive site name in the textbox labelled
+<em>Location</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Type the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". If
+several dives are performed at the same location, the dive site information
+for the first dive is re-used. Existing dive location information can be
+edited at any time by selecting (on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive performed
+at that site and by opening the location information by clicking the globe
+button on the right of the location name (see image on the right,
+above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of dive site names
+makes it easy to select an existing dive site name (i.e. when typing the
+name of a dive site, a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar
+names). If the dive site has been used before, click on the already-existing
+name. The dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe
+symbol (indicating existing dive sites in the <em>Subsurface</em> database) or a
+<strong>+</strong> symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the
+current dive site name but which have not been added to the dive site
+database). Therefore, if the present dive site has not been used before, a
+message appears as follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the
+coordinates and other important information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>,
+above). The most important items are the coordinates of the site. There are
+three ways of specifying the coordinates:</p></div>
+<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
+<li>
+<p>
+One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part
+ of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No
+ location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive
+ location". Upon a doubleclick at the appropriate place, the orange bar
+ disappears and the coordinates are stored.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The coordinates can be obtained from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if the
+ user has an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the coordinates of the
+ dive site were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for
+ more information</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four
+ formats with latitude followed by longitude:
+</p>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal
+minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds,
+e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 ,
+30.821798</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
+negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with
+a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards
+don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d
+W20d. If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, Save the
+dive site information by selecting the button <em>Apply changes</em> at the top of
+the panel.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location
+name - so <strong>saving</strong> a dive site with only coordinates and no dive site name
+causes unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all of these
+dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the
+same).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive site name lookup:</strong> If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate
+text box, one can perform an automated name lookup based on the coordinates.
+This is achieved when <em>Subsurface</em> uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site
+based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is
+automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box
+(Titled <em>Dive sites on same coordinates</em>") at the bottom
+of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the
+current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several
+dive sites named "Blue Hole", all these sites are listed in this list box.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other textual information about the dive site (Description and
+Notes), then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive
+site. At a later stage the dive site information can be edited by clicking
+the globe icon to the right of the dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing one to choose the type of dive
+performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default seting, meant for most recreational dives),
+Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
+rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be
+entered in this field
+which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in
+the current logbook.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies
+(separated with commas) who accompanied him/her on the
+dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is
+offered.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered.
+Auto selection of the suit description is available.
+Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
+suit and thermal undersuit was used.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
+5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the
+dive on a
+5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered
+here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,
+cave, etc.
+<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If the user starts typing a tag, the
+program
+will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, if the user
+typed
+<code>cav</code>, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown for the user to choose from.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the
+information for tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, so
+there’s no need to use them until <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been
+added. The image <a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a> shows an
+example of a <strong>Notes tab</strong> after completion of the dive information.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder
+and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue
+box at the top of the panel:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part
+of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here)
+determines the behaviour of the <strong>Dive profile</strong> (top right-hand panel).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
+like this:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive
+computers, <em>Subsurface</em> often obtains the gas used from the dive computer
+and automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the
+table. The + button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders
+for this dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows the deletion of
+information for a cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a
+cylinder if it is used during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used
+in the dive, even without a gas change event.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of
+the table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be clicked. This
+brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of
+cylinders:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was
+used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the
+available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as
+well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will automatically be shown in
+the dialogue.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
+specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
+corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can
+be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used,
+their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any
+inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for
+the cylinder, save the data either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by
+clicking outside the cell containing the cursor. Information for any
+additional cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right
+hand. Following is an example of a complete description for a dive using two
+cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered
+using a dialogue very similar to that of the cylinder information. If one
+clicks
+the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like
+this:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through
+a down-arrow:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system used during the dive or
+the user may start typing in the box to specify a different weighting
+mechanism that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type
+in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight
+system, save the data by either pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by
+clicking outside the cell with the cursor. It is possible to enter
+information for more than one weight system by adding an additional system
+using the + button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted
+using the dustbin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information
+for a dive with two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of
+each uploaded dive is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few
+items of information in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the
+<strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). However the other
+fields remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the
+fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it is possible
+that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical
+equipment while diving at the same dive site or with the same dive master
+and/or buddy or tags. Instead of completing the information for each of
+these dives separately, one can select all the dives for that day in the
+<strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>
+fields that need identical information. This is achieved by editing the dive
+notes or the equipment for any one of the selected dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain
+information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a
+particular dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while
+editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several
+dives simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly
+the same information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new,
+edited information is substituted for all the selected dives, otherwise only
+the edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in
+the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This greatly speeds up the completion of the dive log after
+several similar dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a
+dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and
+<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive
+components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of
+the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to be
+copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive
+List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. Then,
+from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. All the selected
+dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive
+log.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular
+events during the dive, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface
+buoy". This is easily done:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up
+ the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed
+ on the dive profile at the point that was initially selected (see <strong>A</strong>
+ below).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong>
+ below). Select <em>Edit name</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong>
+ below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is
+ shown at the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be
+saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If
+the <em>Apply changes</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the memory
+image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em> button is clicked, then the
+newly entered dive data are erased from the computer memory, although the
+dive profile is retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final
+prompt to confirm that the new data should now be saved permanently on the
+computer disk.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_importer_les_informations_à_partir_d_8217_autres_sources_de_données_numériques_ou_d_8217_autres_formats_de_données">5.3. Importer les informations à partir d’autres sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</h3>
+<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives
+were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need
+retyping because these dive logs can probably be imported into
+<em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of other dive
+log software. While some software is supported natively, for others the user
+has to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so that they can then
+be imported by <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV
+log files from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear
+files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can
+configure their own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet)
+can also be imported by configuring the CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also
+import UDDF and UDCF files used by some divelog software and some dive
+computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some divelog
+software like Mares Dive Organiser it is currently suggested to import the
+logbooks first into a webservice like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import them
+from there with <em>Subsurface</em>, as divelogs.de supports a few additional
+logbook formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot parse.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it
+should be sufficient to select either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File
+→ Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats of many dive
+computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives,
+<em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple records for the same dive and merges
+the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone issues (or
+other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to be
+significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will not create duplicate
+entries. Below follows more specific information to achieve data import to
+<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_using_the_universal_import_dialogue">5.3.1. Using the universal import dialogue</h4>
+<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal
+interface activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking
+on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of
+<em>Dive Log Files</em> which gives access to the different types of direct imports
+available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log
+ systems)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Cochran dive logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+UDCF-formatted dive logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Poseidon MkVI CCR logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+LiquiVision logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+divelog.de logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+OSTC Tools logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+JDiveLog
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large
+window containing the file list on the right of the dialogue opens the
+imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats, not
+accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained
+below.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.2. Importing from OSTCTools</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management
+tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive
+data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file
+extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
+the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right
+select <em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive
+logs visible in the file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the
+<em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Actually, all H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to
+<em>Subsurface</em>, this includes OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport,
+and probably although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and OSTC CR.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Please, remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> a true diving log software, but a
+useful set of tools for analysis and management of OSTC devices. This way,
+only raw dive computer data will be performed with the import to
+<em>Subsurface</em>; one has to to manually complete the rest of data which may be
+important (buddies, equipment, notes, etc).</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">5.3.3. Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with
+multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported
+into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step
+process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a mechanism to extract the dive log
+information.</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser to the user’s desktop,
+ using a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a>
+ for more information.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. One needs to create a
+ user account in <em>www.divelogs.de</em>, log into that web site, then select
+ <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organiser</em> from the menu on the left hand side. The
+ instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information (in
+ <em>.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organiser database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Finally, import the dives from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the
+ instructions below.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.4. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single
+dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be
+selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong>
+below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> into the appropriate
+fields and then select the <em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em>
+starts immediately, displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the
+end of the download, the success status is indicated (see image <strong>B</strong>,
+below). The <em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, after which the imported
+dives appear in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.5. Importer des données au format CSV</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either
+as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed
+circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data
+in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal simplified format that
+allows for easy information exchange between different computers or software
+packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A
+Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be
+exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See
+<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for
+information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into
+<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It is normally
+organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or
+<em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one record per
+line.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into
+<em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to
+ that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth,
+ dive duration, names of buddy and dive master and perhaps some information
+ about cylinder pressures before and after the dive, as well as a comment or
+ two about the dive. All the data for a single dive go on a single line of
+ text, following the order of the column headings.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information
+ about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second
+ intervals, indicating depth, water temperature at that depth, and cylinder
+ pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a
+ single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the
+ previous instant. Many lines are required to complete the depth profile
+ information for a single dive. This is a common export format used by
+ closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software packages
+ that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>one needs to
+know a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div>
+<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
+<li>
+<p>
+Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
+ data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a
+ TAB character. This can be determined by opening the file with a text
+ editor. If it is comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or
+ semicolon characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are
+ not evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, the file is probably
+ TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive
+ details</em> file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text
+ editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column
+ positions.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units?
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Armed with this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is
+straightforward. Select <em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In
+the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom
+right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file
+that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Notice that, at the top left, there is a dropdown list containing
+pre-configured settings for some of the more common dive computers and
+software packages encountered by divers. If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported
+originated from any of these pre-configured items, then select it. Otherwise
+use the <em>Manual Import</em> option. The configuration panel also has dropdown
+lists for the specification of the appropriate field separator (Tab, comma
+or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file, the time units
+(seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system (metric or
+imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for the
+successful import of the data.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The last remaining task is to ensure that all the data columns have the
+appropriate column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the
+column headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons
+immediately above these contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These
+balloons can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For instance,
+<em>Subsurface</em> expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive
+# ". If the column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row,
+then drag the appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the
+appropriate blue cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct
+column for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it
+in the blue cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is
+depicted in the image below.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure that all the column headings in the blue row
+of cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the
+dialogue. Having completed this task, select the <em>OK</em> button to the bottom
+right of the dialogue. The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown
+in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
+<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated
+Values</em>. It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the
+information using a text editor such as Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or
+TextWrangler (OS/X). The two main advantages of the <em>CSV</em> format is that the
+data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software and
+ensuring all information is human-readable, not being obscured by any custom
+or proprietary attributes that proprietary software insert into files.
+Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used as an interchange format
+between many software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical,
+graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can
+also be used to import information from other sources such as
+spreadsheet-based dive logs and even from some dive computers.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most
+important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character
+used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is
+frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When
+exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be
+specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally
+organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of
+the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each
+field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance
+<em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives
+using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
+Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
+Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
+Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
+Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information
+in TAB-delimited format:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
+Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
+Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
+Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
+Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the
+comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB
+characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top
+line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE
+character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in
+the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot
+be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited
+example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive
+computer:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
+0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
+0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
+0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
+0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
+0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
+10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
+20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
+30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
+40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column
+headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em>
+file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. <em>CSV</em> files can
+therefore be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em>
+dive log. Knowledge of a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em>
+file allows a smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
+</div></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. One should avoid some special
+characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double
+quotes (") as part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use
+UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the
+<em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive
+details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed the limits of the parser
+used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a
+smaller file to make sure everything works.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or
+<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates
+for the diving
+location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em>
+dive log. The Companion App stores the dive locations on
+a dedicated Internet file server. <em>Subsurface</em>, in turn, can collect
+the localities from the file server.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To do this:</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web
+ page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong>
+ will be sent, a long number that gives access to the file server and
+ Companion App capabilities.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Download the app from
+ <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play
+ Store</a> or from
+ <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in <em>Subsurface</em> companion
+ page using an Internet browser. One can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this
+ option, but this is supplied via email and followed up by interaction with
+ the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> in order
+ to activate the account.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forgot their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an
+ email to recover the number.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app
+ saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and does not ask for it again unless one uses the
+ <em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on
+the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting <em>File → Preferences →
+Defaults</em> from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. This facilitates
+synchronisation between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The
+Android display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without
+any dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be
+showed with 3 options:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it
+ is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world
+ map. A world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which one should indicate the
+ desired position with a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the
+ marked location is erroneous, simply indicate a new location) and select
+ the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing to enter the
+ name of the dive location and the date-time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In
+ order to import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> it’s advisable to set the
+ time to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and
+ located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the
+ stored locations shown. Now one needs to select the appropriate locations,
+ then select the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be
+ sent to the web service and added to the list on the Android device.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
+time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the
+selection box to the left indicating that they require upload to the
+server. One can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected
+location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations
+(such as <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) are performed on several locations that are
+selected.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations
+or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is
+changed by selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below)
+and then selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either
+from the list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If one selects a
+location (on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below)
+where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When one selects a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to
+it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top
+of the screen:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive
+ location.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Maps: Display a map showing the dive location.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), one needs to
+upload it to the web service, as explained below.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by
+simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right
+arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it
+should; it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to
+be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion App</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above
+(<strong>B</strong>).</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The
+ easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation
+ email but, of course, users can also type this information.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_synchronisation">Synchronisation</h5>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device
+ and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it
+ is automatically sent to the server.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service
+running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous
+collection of GPS locations.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behaviour of the service:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X
+ minutes until stopped by the user.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" />
+</td>
+<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and
+50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location
+at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong>
+every time one moves 50 m from previous location. If subsequent locations
+are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is
+not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the
+user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every
+50 meters.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_other">Other</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to
+the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_search">Search</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Initiates the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined
+settings.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by
+resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account
+can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own
+ID. The disconnect option is useful if a user’s Android device was used to
+download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. One needs to type the user ID
+(obtained during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select
+"Dive in" (see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive
+location information.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive
+location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a
+continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, much later, after
+import, subsurface can select the appropriate GPS locations based on the
+times of dives. The default mode for the <em>iphone</em> is automatic. When one
+adds a dive, the location service is started automatically and a red bar
+appears at the bottom of the screen. After the dive one can click on the red
+bar to end the location service. While the location service is running one
+can only add dives using the manual mechanism.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive
+list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The
+dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone to the webservice and
+there is not an option to trigger upload manually.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
+<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The
+download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main
+Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the
+image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is
+blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to initiate the
+download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, users can
+update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>
+which applies the coordinates and names entered on the app for all the new
+dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If one has
+entered the name of the dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the
+GPS coordinates, this name will take precedence over downloaded one.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive
+information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic
+assignment of GPS data to dives is dependent on agreement of the date-time
+information between these two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide
+range tolerance, it may be unable to identify the appropriate dive if there
+is a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the
+Android device, resulting in no updates.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons
+for this (e.g. time zones), or <em>Subsurface</em> may be unable to decide which is
+the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running
+<em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included
+in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more
+subsequent dives as well). A workaround for this situation to manually edit
+the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading
+the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading
+GPS data.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">TIPS:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Background service</em>, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list
+ with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point
+ but reflecting the boat’s route. Currently these locations are difficult to
+ delete from the server. In some situations it is therefore prudent to clean
+ up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web
+ server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be
+ necessary, for instance, if one wants to keep the location list clear to see
+ dives in the web service map display (see above).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to
+ the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name
+ Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a
+ dive trip with many dives and dive locations.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs
+during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific
+dive. <em>Subsurface</em> allows one to load photos into a dive. Photos are
+superimposed on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_getting_synchronisation_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then
+right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load
+Images</em>:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need
+to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The critical
+problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the dive
+computer used during a dive, and the camera used during that same
+dive. These two devices often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can
+achieve synchronisation, then the exact times of photographs can be used to
+position photographs on the dive profile.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> achieves this synchronisation in three ways:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronisation of the dive computer time settings with
+ the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Manually</strong>: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the
+ difference in time between the two devices can be determined. Actually, as long as the device
+ settings for time has not been changed in either device, one could write down the times of
+ both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. One can then manually set the time
+ difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool
+ immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, evident in figure <strong>A</strong> below.
+ If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
+ tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button.
+ In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
+ 7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
+ in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronisation is achieved.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronisation dialog" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a
+ photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can obtain
+ the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within
+ each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. If one uses
+ the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
+ the horizontal bar entitled "<em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up
+ a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
+ photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer
+ appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly
+ when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
+ so that this tool reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
+ date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between
+ camera and dive computer is, and synchronisation is achieved.
+ Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
+ date-time.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the
+dive, it is not placed on the dive profile.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions
+ reflecting the time each photograph was taken. In order to view the photos
+ on the dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar to
+ the left of the dive profile:
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail
+photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the
+<em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have
+been added (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small
+dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). If one
+selects the dustbin, the image is removed from the dive. Therefore some care
+is required when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using
+the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em>
+tab of the <em>Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive
+(therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be
+accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually
+accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile give an
+indication of when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a
+thumbnail in the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a
+thumbnail, the full-sized image is shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em>
+window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it
+(single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This
+removes the photo both from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If
+such a drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case)
+the photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This facilitates the
+interaction between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When
+associating a dive profile with photos from an external drive, the normal
+procedure of selection and synchronisation (see text above) is used.
+However, after the external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot
+access these photos any more. If the display of photos is activated (using
+the toolbox to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program only shows a
+small white dot where each photo should be on the dive profile. In addition
+the <em>Photos</em> tab only shows the file names of the photos. This is normal
+behaviour. If, later, the external drive with the photos is connected
+again, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory
+ where the photo lies is stored, allowing <em>Subsurface</em> to find the photograph when the dive is
+ opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different
+ machine, it is unlikely that the directory structure will remain identical to that of the original uploaded
+ photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved,
+ cannot find them and therefore cannot display them. Because, after moving photos, large numbers of photos
+ may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the
+ process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the
+ other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded
+ into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can perform the
+ following steps:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively)
+ where photos have been moved
+ to,
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally
+ calculated when a photo was
+ loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), to
+ automatically update the directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find
+ the photo in the new moved directory.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This is achieved by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within
+ which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click
+ the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to
+ complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div>
+<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that can
+be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. When manipulating images, ensure that all the
+images associated with the dive log can be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the
+fingerprints associated with a single dive if:
+- The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the <strong>Dive
+ Profile</strong>.
+- One edits anything in the <strong>Notes tab</strong> panel and save the edits by selecting
+ <em>Apply changes</em>.</p></div>
+</div></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one
+cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have
+enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if the diver
+needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression
+needs of the dive. For this reason multi-cylinder dives are often used by
+technical divers who dive deep or long. As far as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned,
+there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of
+ the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one,
+ specifying the characteristics of the cylinder and the gas composition within each cylinder.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Record the times at which switches from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information
+ provided by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
+ by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
+ record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option
+ was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
+ in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
+ right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
+ those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
+ <strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
+ tank bar.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Having performed these tasks, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of
+cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off
+with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes to perform
+decompression.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with
+both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it is a popular
+configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be performed by
+recreational divers who have completed the appropriate training. Sidemount
+dive logging involves, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives, above, three
+steps:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
+ cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes among these different
+ cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish among different
+ <em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means that when sidemount dives are downloaded
+ from these dive computers, the events of switching between cylinders with the same gas are not downloaded. This may mean
+ that one may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
+ has this facility) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
+ from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
+ specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see
+ image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported
+ from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be indicated on the dive profile.
+ Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile and then
+ selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
+ currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
+ to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then indicated on the dive
+ profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
+ profile, then the cylinder change is also indicated on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all
+ the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
+ for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive
+logging tool.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) comprise a technical advance in
+diving equipment that recirculates the breathing gas that a diver breathes,
+while removing carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas. While a small amount
+(typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water,
+a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder
+(typically containing nitrox). A diver, using a single cylinder of
+breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than using a
+recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small
+amount of breathing gas is released every time the breather inhales. With
+active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of breathing gas is
+released continuously from the back cylinder.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required, just the normal steps
+outlined above:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
+ Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the
+ cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on
+ <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for pSCR dives is
+adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece which often requires
+longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR dive using
+EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive
+lasted over two hours.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that
+has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen
+concentration:
+a) remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled
+regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The
+CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental and under active
+development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI and APD
+Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional
+recreational dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the
+download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored
+independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log
+directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the
+same way that it imports dive log data from other digital databases: one
+dive at a time.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive
+information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>,
+select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to bring up the
+<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in that
+section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown
+list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices that currently
+includes(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files (import for other CCR
+equipment is under active development). Having selected the appropriate CCR
+format and the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from
+the CCR dive computer, one can select a particular dive log file (in the
+case of the MkVI it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the
+appropriate dive log, activate the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of
+the universal import dialogue. The selected dive is imported to the
+<em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
+information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to
+recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas
+composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of
+pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. In this case the graph for oxygen
+partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings
+during the dive. The mean pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as
+given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as
+follows:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
+ differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different
+ sensors are treated as spurious. If one of the three sensors provides
+ spurious data, it is ignored.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to
+ the setpoint.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
+oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is
+turned on by checking the appropriate checkboxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel
+(accessible by selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences →
+Graph</em></a>). This part of the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below,
+representing two checkboxes that modify the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the
+appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile has been activated.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these check boxes allows the display of additional
+oxygen-related information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the
+<em>Profile</em> panel is activated. The first checkbox allows the display of
+setpoint information. This is a red line superimposed on the green oxygen
+partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen
+partial pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual
+oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded
+as follows:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Sensor 1: grey
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Sensor 2: blue
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Sensor 3: brown
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct
+comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting
+abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating
+both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium,
+if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open
+circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers
+over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in
+the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record
+the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these
+two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In
+addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are
+shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive,
+including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the
+cylinder pressure data. In this case there is good agreement from the
+readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
+<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may
+include setup information or metadata about the dive.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the
+precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually not be determined from
+the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive computers,
+however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in
+the dive log, reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this
+ceiling is activated by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the
+dive profile:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The default colour of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. However,
+this can be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting
+<em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>. Below is a dive profile indicating the dive
+computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
+Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in
+<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
+B</a>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that has
+been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the
+surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive,
+the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of
+oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas
+consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank
+pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to
+<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix D</a> for more information.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot
+easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the
+information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often
+comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly
+times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this
+information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing
+extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that
+more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard
+Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected,
+figures pertaining to only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of
+dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the
+minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and
+surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and
+deepest dives of those selected.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most
+detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on
+the left hand side that allows control over several display options. The
+functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive
+Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to the
+obvious information of the depth it also shows the ascent and descent rates
+compared to the recommended speed of going up or down in the water
+column. This information is given using different colours:</p></div>
+<div class="tableblock">
+<table rules="all"
+width="100%"
+frame="border"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
+<col width="33%" />
+<col width="33%" />
+<col width="33%" />
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Couleur</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de descente (m/min)</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de remontée (m/min)</strong></p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Rouge</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Jaune</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert clair</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert foncé</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the
+graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other
+peaks. Mean depth is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up
+to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive
+Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of
+the dive profile frequently increases the size of the dive profile to fill
+the area of the panel efficiently.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values
+placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O<sub>2</sub>,
+N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and
+dive computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or
+repetitive dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green,
+those of nitrogen in black, and those of helium in dark red. These partial
+pressure graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong>
+during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature
+graphs.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong>
+during the dive.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong>
+during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix,
+Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during
+the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when
+manually entering the start and end pressures the graph is not a straight
+line. Similarly to the depth graph the slope of the tank pressure gives the
+user information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when
+using an air integrated dive computer. Here the colour coding is not
+relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalised air
+consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times
+of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when
+the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate
+information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart
+rate sensor.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using
+the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default
+<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes
+and 30m
+ (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are intuitively recognizable;
+something
+that free divers clearly won’t care about.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the
+<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is
+done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that the
+user wishes to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white
+area underneath the two red dots.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by
+selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile
+indicates the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not
+active, the photos are hidden.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more
+precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
+particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent
+ceilings arise when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a
+diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to
+either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to
+the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it
+available for download; for example all of the Suunto dive computers fail to
+make this very useful data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also
+calculates ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive
+profile. Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data
+available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the
+calculation) it is unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from
+<em>Subsurface</em> are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em>
+(see below) are used. It is also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates
+a ceiling for non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in
+non-deco mode during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span>
+section in the profile at the beginning of this section). This is caused by
+the fact that <em>Subsurface’s</em> calculations describe the deco obligation at
+each moment during a dive, while dive computers usually take the upcoming
+ascent into account. During the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly
+helium) are already breathed off so even though the diver technically
+encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does not require an explicit
+deco stop. This feature allows dive computers to offer longer non-stop
+bottom times.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
+<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by
+checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a
+ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a
+particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two
+ways:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is
+clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the
+Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked,
+then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be
+represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In
+general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen with a yellow bar and
+helium with a red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a
+trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder
+(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light
+blue bar.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure
+(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann
+ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster
+tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the
+ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure
+limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For
+divers involved in planned decompression diving, efficient rates of
+offgasing are obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas
+pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a
+representation of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contrast,
+the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong>
+on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at
+the moment in time reflected by the position of the cursor on the dive
+profile.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their
+depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on
+<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently
+used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if
+the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. <strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated
+gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer,
+but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations during the
+dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while
+the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the
+creation of Bookmarks or Gas Change Event markers or manual CCR set-point
+changes other than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive
+Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line and with the
+time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse
+button was initially clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve
+a selection of which gas is being switched to, the list of choices being
+based on the available gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Set-point
+change events open a dialog allowing to choose the next set-point value. As
+in the planner, a set-point value of zero indicates the diver is breathing
+from an open circuit system while any non-zero value indicates the use of a
+closed circuit rebreather (CCR). By right-clicking while over an existing
+marker a menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the marker or to
+allow all markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be restored
+to view by selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the
+dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the
+<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
+panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see
+left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved
+around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so
+that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information
+Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The moment the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information
+box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect
+the time point along the dive profile indicated by the mouse cursor (see
+right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the
+situation at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Therefore,
+moving the cursor in the horizontal direction allows the Information Box to
+show information for any point along the dive profile. In this mode, the
+Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling
+characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the
+dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
+ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
+maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic
+depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements
+at that instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated
+ceiling, as well as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue
+compartments.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as
+four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum
+Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is
+dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21%
+oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the
+<strong>Preferences</strong> section (select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the
+text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>. Below the MOD there is a markedly
+increased risk of exposure to the dangers associated with oxygen toxicity.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>No-deco
+Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration
+that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth, that does
+not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling appears). Once
+one has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that is, there is an
+ascent ceiling above the diver, then TTS gives the number of minutes
+required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as
+decompression time.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air
+Consumption (SAC)</strong>. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised
+respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real
+respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly
+double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication
+of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive so
+that the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for
+SAC is litres/min or cub ft/min.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox
+dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix
+dives. These are numbers of importance to divers who use breathing gases
+other than air. Their values are dependent on the composition of the
+breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the
+same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at
+hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an air
+dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical
+air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases
+nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect
+the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth
+equalling the END.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of
+data.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph indicating the
+pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if
+applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the
+dive</em>, indicated by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
+drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of
+the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the
+ light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and
+ measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green
+ area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not
+ indicate absolute pressure.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the
+ equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually
+ nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium
+ combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas
+ pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total
+ gas pressure value.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of
+ inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann
+ algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to
+ the depth of the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
+ gradient factor shown is an interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh
+ values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of
+ <strong>Subsurface</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived
+ M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation
+ is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the
+Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand
+side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the
+ surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the
+ equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the
+ tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas
+ pressures being far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast
+ compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of
+ the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments
+ (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of
+ slowly increasing in pressure.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since,
+ during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4
+ bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now
+ exceed that of the total gas pressure and approaches the gradient factor
+ value (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in
+ exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10
+ minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the
+ pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in
+ the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the
+ diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_organising_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive or a group of dives can be performed
+using the Dive List Context Menu, found by selecting either a single dive or
+a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many manipulations described below.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_customising_the_columns_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customising the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive,
+Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This
+information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header
+bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header
+brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see
+above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or to be deleted from
+the dive list (reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately
+updated. Preferences for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and
+used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low
+sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The
+numbering of the dives is not always consistent. For instance, when
+non-recent dives are added to the dive list the numbering does not
+automatically follow on because of the dives that are more recent in
+date/time than the newly-added dive with an older date/time. Therefore, one
+may sometimes need to renumber the dives. This is performed by selecting
+(from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are given a choice with
+respect to the lowest sequence number to be used. Completing this operation
+results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the
+<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the
+dives that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the
+Dive List Context Menu to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears
+requiring the user to specify the starting number for the renumbering
+process.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em>
+can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It performs this by grouping dives that have
+date/times not separated in time by more than two days, thus creating a
+single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an
+ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped
+dive list comprising five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
+having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive
+list, (from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel
+now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip
+title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip
+title from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong>
+panel. Here one can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip
+location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the
+dive company that was dived with, the general weather and surface conditions
+during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, select <strong>Save</strong> from
+the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab. The trip title in the
+<strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the edited information.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more
+trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This
+expands the selected trip, revealing the individual dives performed during
+the trip.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the context menu allows
+several possibilities to expand or collapse dives within trips. This
+includes expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips
+by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip
+above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes ten dives, the user can split this trip into two trips
+(trip 1: top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and
+right-clicking the top four dives. The resulting context menu allows the
+user to create a new trip by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip
+above</strong>. The top four dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The
+figures below shows the selection and context menu on the left (A) and the
+completed action on the right (B):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
+right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting <strong>Delete
+dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
+workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short
+duration.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do
+this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context
+menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now
+appear immediately above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending
+on the date and time of the unlinked dive.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed
+within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
+bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply
+to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the
+dive computer has an erroneous time. In order to do this, select and
+right-click the dive(s) to be adjusted. This action brings up the context
+menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> option should be selected. User must then
+specify the time (in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be
+adjusted and click on the option indicating whether the time adjustment
+should be ealier or later.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the
+surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by
+the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
+panel. Users can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the
+appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then
+selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive
+information in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that apply
+to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two dives
+that were merged:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or
+redone. This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and
+<em>shift dive times</em>. To do this after performing any of these actions, from
+the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or
+<em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, that is, one can select
+only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site,
+dive master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering allows
+one to list the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave
+dives with a particular buddy.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This
+opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons
+are located at the top right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The
+<em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting
+the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimised by
+selecting the <strong>green up-arrow". When minimised, only these three icons are
+shown. The panel can be maximised by clicking the icon that minimised the
+panel. The filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong>
+with the white cross.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person
+(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented
+by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level
+filter tool, allowing the listing of only some of the attributes within that
+check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter textbox above the tags
+check list results in the tags check list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and
+"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering of the check list enables the rapid finding of search
+terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one
+of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the
+dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. The four
+check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators, Subsurface filters
+therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy; but the filters
+within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows
+those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two routes for the export of dive information from Subsurface:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Export_other">Exporter des informations de plongée vers d’autres
+ destinations ou formats</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Export des informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em></h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>L’export des plongées vers <em>Facebook</em> est géré différemment des autres types
+d’export car une connexion vers <em>Facebook</em> est nécessaire, nécessitant un
+identifiant et un mot de passe. À partir du menu principal, si vous
+sélectionnez <em>Fichier → Préférences → Facebook</em>, un écran de connexion est
+présenté (image <strong>A</strong> sur la gauche, ci dessous). Entrez l’identifiant et le
+mot de passe <em>Facebook</em>. Une fois connecté à <em>Facebook</em>, le panneau de
+l’image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous est présenté, avec un bouton <em>Déconnecter de
+Facebook</em> pour fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface</em> window it is easy to determe whether <em>Subsurface</em> has
+a valid connection to <em>Facebook</em> From the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Share on →
+Facebook</em> (image <strong>A</strong>, below). Normally, the <em>Facebook</em> option is greyed
+out. But if there is a connection to <em>Facebook</em>, this option is active
+(i.e. in black colour and can be selected).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois qu’une connexion à <em>Facebook</em> est établie, transférer un profil de
+plongée vers <em>Facebook</em> est facile. Assurez-vous que la plongée à transférer
+est affichée dans le panneau <strong>Profil de plongée</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si, à
+partir du <strong>menu principal</strong>, vous sélectionnez <em>Partager sur → Facebook</em>,
+une fenêtre s’affiche, pour déterminer quelles informations seront
+transférées avec le profil de plongée (voir l’image <strong>B</strong> ci-dessous). Pour
+transférer un profil de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>, le nom d’un album
+<em>Facebook</em> doit être fourni. Les cases à cocher sur la partie gauche
+permettent de sélectionner des informations supplémentaires à transférer
+avec le profil de plongée. Ces informations sont affichées dans le champs de
+texte sur la partie droite du panneau. (image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous). Vous pouvez
+facilement modifier le message qui sera envoyé avec le profil de
+plongée. Une fois les informations supplémentaires ajoutées et vérifiées,
+sélectionner le bouton <em>OK</em> qui lance le transfert vers <em>Facebook</em>. Après un
+moment, une fenêtre apparait indiquant le succès du transfert.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>À la fois l’album créé et la publication sur votre ligne temporelle seront
+marquées comme privés. Pour que vos amis puissent voir la publication,
+modifier les permissions à partir d’une connexion Facebook standard depuis
+un navigateur ou l’application Facebook. Malgré que cela soit une étape
+supplémentaire, c’est la meilleure solution pour éviter d’avoir des
+publications non désirées sur votre ligne temporelle publique.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Si besoin, fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em> en fermant <em>Subsurface</em> ou en
+sélectionnant _Fichier → Préférences → Facebook, à partir du menu
+principal et en cliquant sur le bouton approprié dans le panneau des
+préférences Facebook.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be reached by selecting
+<em>File → Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always
+gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive
+List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images
+below).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more
+ information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many
+ dive computers and computer programs.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to
+ <em>Divelogs.de</em>, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for
+ <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this
+ service in order to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on the
+ recreational dives. In order to upload dives one has to provide a used ID,
+ so registration with <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
+ profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
+ duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
+ that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive,
+ including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each
+ dive.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with
+ an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
+ must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited. It contains
+ most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show
+ the calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. calculated cylinder
+ pressure, gas pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search option to
+ search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the
+ Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export
+ all one’s dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a very
+ portable record of dives useful for dive companies that wish to verify the
+ dive history of a diver, often doing away with the need to carry one’s
+ original logbook with one when doing dives with dive companies.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
+ some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If one
+ selects any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available
+ in text, as shown in the image below.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of
+ all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive
+ List</em>, together with the depth under water where of each of those photos
+ were taken.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
+ numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
+ starting from 1.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
+ be attached to the HTML exports.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported
+ and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
+ size and theme.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for
+instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a
+record of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it is important
+information required for admission to further training courses or
+(sometimes) even diving sites. The security of the dive log is therefore
+critical. In order to have a dive log that is resistant to failure of a home
+computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the Cloud is an obvious
+solution. This also has the added benefit that one can access one’s dive log
+from anywhere in the world without having to carry it with oneself. For this
+reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store
+dive log information on the Internet.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
+back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a
+dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the
+local hard disk. The only requirement is that one should first register as
+a user on the cloud. To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these
+steps:</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that
+ <em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the
+ dive log in the cloud.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the
+ (remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to
+ the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the
+ email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text
+ box, not visible previously.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog
+(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email
+address confirmation)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account
+will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Once the cloud storage has been initialised, two new items appear in the
+ <em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>.
+These options allow the user to load and save data to the <em>Subsurface
+cloud storage</em> server.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, one can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud
+storage</em> data as one’s default data file by checking the check box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>.
+ This means that the data from
+the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts ans saved there when one closes <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully
+functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronises the
+data with the cloud server the next time ithe program is used while the computer is
+connected to the Internet.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that
+one can also access one’s dive data from any web browser. Simply open
+<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>,
+log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of
+the last dive data that was synced to the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The
+dive information that is shown is only the contents of the recorded dive
+logs, NOT the calculated values shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel, including some
+cylinder pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If one prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and
+don’t need the web access), it is also simple to store dive logs in the
+cloud using several of the existing facilities on the Internet. For
+instance <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application that
+allows files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on one’s
+desktop computer.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content
+on one’s desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet,
+the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and
+<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the
+local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet
+connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote
+copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated
+whenever Internet access is available.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in one’s <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly
+from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet
+access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox
+(Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the
+<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a>
+Alternatively one can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a mechanism to backup one’s dive
+log. To Store a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the
+<em>Subsurface</em> main menu, navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the
+<em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open
+Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu and navigate to the dive log file
+in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the
+same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible interface to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.
+ Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Before printing, two decisions are required:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the
+ dive log is required, then select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong>
+ panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+If the dive profiles needs printing, what gas partial pressure information
+ should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to
+ the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the the dialogue below
+(image <strong>A</strong>) appears. Three specifications are needed to achieve the desired
+information and page layout:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and
+ other information.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Under <em>Print options</em> select:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Printing only the dives selected from the dive list prior to activating the
+ print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only selected dives</em>. If this
+ check box is <strong>not</strong> checked all dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with <em>Print in colour</em>. If
+ this check box is not checked, printing is in monochrome (grey scale).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are
+several templates (see image <strong>B</strong>, above).</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the
+ dive profiles
+ of each dive (see below):
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see
+ below)
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on
+the dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview,
+changes to the options in the print dialogue can be made, resulting in a
+layout that fits personal taste.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this
+section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the user
+operating system, allowing one to choose a printer and to set its properties
+(see image below):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
+the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the
+dives. Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular
+page.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_créer_un_modèle_d_8217_impression_personnalisé_avancé">10.1. Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé (avancé)</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized
+printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. One can create
+a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an
+existing template by using the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em>
+dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for
+information on how to write or modify a template.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> permet de configurer son ordinateur de plongée. Actuellement,
+les familles d’ordinateurs supportés sont Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3)
+et Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko et
+Zoop). De nombreux paramètres de ces ordinateurs de plongée peuvent être
+lues et modifiées. La première étape est de s’assurer que les pilotes pour
+votre ordinateur de plongée sont installés (également nécessaire pour
+télécharger les plongées) et que le nom de périphérique de l’ordinateur de
+plongée est connu. Voir
+<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">ANNEXE A</a> pour plus d’informations sur la manière de procéder.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>,
+sélectionner <em>Fichier → Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du
+menu principal. Fournir le nom du périphérique dans le champ en haut du
+panneau de configuration et sélectionner le bon modèle d’ordinateur de
+plongée à partir du panneau à gauche (voir l’image ci-dessous).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>En utilisant les boutons appropriés du panneau de configuration, les actions
+suivantes peuvent être réalisées :</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée
+ dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l’affichant dans le panneau de configuration.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique</strong>. Cela change la configuration de l’ordinateur
+ de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Sauvegarder</strong>. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. <em>Subsurface</em> demande
+ l’emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Restaurer une sauvegarde</strong>. Cela charge les informations à partir d’un fichier de sauvegarde et l’affiche
+ dans le panneau de configuration.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Mettre à jour le firmware</strong>. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l’ordinateur de plongée,
+ il sera chargé dans l’ordinateur de plongée.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by
+selecting <em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings are performed in seven groups:
+<strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Facebook</strong> and
+<strong>Georeference</strong>, all of which operate on the same principles: the user must
+specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved
+using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then
+leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>. If <strong>Discard</strong> is selected,
+changes to the preferences are not saved.</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the
+ <strong>Dive Table</strong> panel. By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, users can see more dives on a screen.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> one needs to specify the directory and
+ file name of one’s
+ electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>ssrf</em>. When
+ launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk
+ as described above.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud
+ device that was initialised using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
+ dives that he/she doesn’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
+ keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
+ the dive list.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Specify the default cylinder listed in
+ the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
+ animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
+ dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
+ happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled
+ by setting this slider
+ with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation
+ at all.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
+ cleared and set to default values.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Here users can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
+volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio
+button at the top, one can specify that all units are in the chosen
+measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the <strong>Personalise</strong> radio
+button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric
+system and others in imperial.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Irrespective of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in
+seconds or minutes. Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be
+represented either as traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or
+as decimal degrees Choose the appropriate option.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3>
+<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Show</strong>: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of
+the dive profile:
+<strong> Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during
+ the dive, enabled by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
+ panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the
+ Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is
+ highlighted in red, indicating that the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded.
+</strong> <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD)
+ for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.
+<strong> _Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox allows exactly what it says. By default
+ the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.
+ Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
+ from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and
+ gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way that a
+ dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive.
+</strong> <em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
+<strong>* <em>Show average depth</em>: If this box is checked, the *Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that indicates
+ the mean depth of the dive up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before the
+ ascent.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Misc</strong>:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is
+ the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface.
+ At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
+ Gradient factors add conservatism to the nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a
+ similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower
+ the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
+ respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient
+ factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered
+ harsh. Checking the <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the
+ deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at
+ all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox ativated, the pO<sub>2</sub>
+ graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which inticates the CCR setpoint
+ values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
+ values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
+ See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong>
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a
+ CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained
+ during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
+ profile context menu.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semiclosed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the
+ volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
+ and decompression calculations.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the
+ environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a
+ pSCR dive plan. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox allows one to use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most
+cases will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the
+same language / country settings as the underlying operating system. If this
+is for some reason undesirable one can uncheck this checkbox and pick a
+language / country combination from the list of included localizations. The
+<em>Filter</em> text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there
+are several system variants of English or French. <strong>This particular
+preference requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take effect</strong>.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources
+on the Internet. This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs
+to communicate with Internet services such as Cloud storage or the
+<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a>. These Internet requirements are
+determined by one’s type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet
+Service Provider (ISP) used. One’s ISP should provide the appropriate
+information.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Proxy type</em>:
+If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list,
+after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should
+be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and
+password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass
+through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
+from one’s ISP.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store one’s dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
+ and password are required. This allows <em>Subsurface</em> to email security information
+ regarding cloud storage to a user, and to set up the cloud storage appropriately.
+ Two additional options are given:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage
+ while the user performs other tasks within <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
+ information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Subsurface web service</em>: When one subscribes to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very
+ long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
+ checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, one ensures that a local copy of that userID
+ is saved.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Accès Facebook</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Ce panneau vous permet de vous connecter à votre compte Facebook pour
+transférer des informations de Subsurface vers Facebook.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Si un identifiant Facebook et un mot de passe valides ont été fournis, une
+connexion vers Facebook est créée. Cette connexion est fermée lorsque
+Subsurface est fermé. Pour le moment, la case à cocher nommée "Conserver ma
+connexion à Subsurface", sur l'écran de connexion, n’a aucun
+effet. Reportez-vous à la section <a href="#S_facebook">Export des profils de
+plongée vers Facebook</a> pour plus d’informations.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_georeference">12.7. Georeference</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates
+of a dive site (derived from a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom
+right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or from the
+<em>Subsurface</em> Companion app), a lookup on the Internet is performed to find
+the name of the closest known location. Obviously this function only works
+if <em>Subsurface</em> has an Internet connection. The preference of the dive site
+name can be configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em> or <em>City/State/Country</em>
+(see image below).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessible by
+selecting <em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of
+nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the
+addition of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div>
+<div class="sidebarblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user
+is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly
+used under the following conditions:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to
+ perform dive planning.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The user plans dives within his/her certification limits.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the
+ <em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health
+ or personal history or life style characteristics.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is
+ used.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should
+ not use this feature.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several
+sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered
+into the several sections on the left hand side of the screen. The setup is
+divided into several sections: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options
+and Notes.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> upon which the profile of
+the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained
+below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of
+use.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan
+Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way
+that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning
+messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Towards the centre bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image
+ above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Open Circuit (the default)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+CCR
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+pSCR
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Choose the Open Circuit option.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, ensure that the constant
+ dive parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the
+ intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive
+ site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in metres,
+ assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the
+ cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that
+ cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for <a href="#S_CylinderData">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the cylinder type by double clicking
+ the cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work
+ pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed
+ empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen
+ and/or helium concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add
+ additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to the top right-hand of the
+ dialogue.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile in
+ a way to represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by
+ double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted by
+ right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from
+ the resulting context menu.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate
+ values into the table marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the
+ table represents the duration and the final depth of the descent from the
+ surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. The <em>CC
+ set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. The ascent is
+ usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to
+ calculate. Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon
+ at the top right hand of the table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner
+ points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> diagram.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the
+non-decompression limit (NDL). It computes the maximal time a diver can
+stay at the current depth without incurring any mandatory decompression
+stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The
+planner automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred in
+previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that can
+take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational
+dives? Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken
+into account. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant depth
+corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This
+means that dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during
+previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner calculates nitrogen load
+according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, in a
+similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This
+means that the diver gets <em>credit</em> in terms of nitrogen loading for not
+remaining at maximum depth during previous dives, enabling planning of a
+longer subsequent dive. For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to
+upload all previous dives onto <em>Subsurface</em> before performing dive planning.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This
+allows calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em>
+ and <em>Safety Stop</em>. Check these two boxes.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the
+ starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under
+ <em>Available gases</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough
+ air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be realistic,
+ under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC)
+ rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
+ with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Define the amount of gas that the cylinder must have at the end of the
+ bottom section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often
+ used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible need
+ need to bring one’s buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is
+ used in sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be a bit hard
+ to estimate, so most agencies assume a fixed amount of gas, or actually of
+ pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em>
+ can do better because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the
+ amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“). Subsurface still
+ uses a fixed pressure „reserve“ but that is supposed to be for the
+ additional gas used around the realisation that there is a problem and one’s
+ pulse rate goes up when one starts to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is
+ user configurable.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the
+ dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the
+ table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as desribed under the previous heading. If
+ this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the
+ dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate
+ dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> table. <em>Subsurface</em> will
+ automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum duration
+ within the no-decompression limits (NDL).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those
+ considered safe for recreational divers.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner indicates the maximum dive time within
+no-deco limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth
+settings specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner allows rapid
+assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen
+load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the
+amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under
+<em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive
+duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account
+gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it
+means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive
+duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30
+metres. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 minutes, the duration of the
+dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder, reflected by the
+information in the text box at the bottom right of the panel that requires
+sufficient air for buddy-sharing during the ascent.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or
+using multiple breathing gases. Such dives are planned in three stages:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
+as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em>
+to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B
+model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low
+need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em>
+panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within
+the planner), the new values are
+used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>. Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
+A very low GFLow value brings about decompression stops early on during the dive.
+ ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified
+on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). This model
+tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often
+results in slightly shorter dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When
+selecting one of these models, keep in mind that they are NOT exact
+physiological models but only mathematical models that appear to work in
+practice.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding
+ M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient
+ factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
+<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco
+for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10:
+1-905492-07-3. Un excellent livre non technique qui traite à la fois des
+modèles de décompression Bühlmann et VPM-B.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive
+and is specified for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean)
+depth as a yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is indicated by a
+light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often
+in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in
+the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option
+<em>Drop to first depth</em> is activated, then the descent phase of the planned
+dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified in the <em>Rates</em> section of
+the dive setup.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
+pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
+bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>).
+The most commonly
+used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
+stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the
+<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
+ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary consideration. One needs to keep within the limits of the amount of gas within the dive
+cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
+sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
+of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
+litres/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
+bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
+dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a thumbsuck guess
+is not sufficient and one needs to
+monitor one’s gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
+The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
+if one exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that one does not dive to
+the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept for unforeseen circumstances.
+For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the
+dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers a unique graphical interface for performing this
+part of the planning. The mechanics of doing this is similar to
+hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon
+activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered
+in the bue design surface to the top right hand of the screen. The white
+dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more
+waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and ensuring that the
+profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent the
+depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify the ascent
+part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the settings
+that have been specified. If any of the management limits (for nitrogen,
+oxygen or gas) is exceeded, the surface above the dive profile changes from
+BLUE to RED.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the
+table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the <em>Used Gas</em>
+value in each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures
+specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table. Add new waypoints until the main
+features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and
+deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the
+ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional way
+points in order to fulfil decompression requirements for that dive. A
+waypoint can be moved by selecting that waypoint and by using the arrow
+keys. The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be
+edited by hand in order to obtain a precise presentation of the dive
+plan. In fact, one can create the whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive
+Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as
+explained in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions
+defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used,
+automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to the
+surface. However, these changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas
+change and by manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the
+appropriate waypoint.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner
+points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the
+segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last
+manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is
+computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the
+last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero
+set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only
+considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent
+using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the <em>Save</em>
+button towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will
+appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the
+exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified
+by checking any of the options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive
+planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim
+dive plan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive
+plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded
+during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan
+information.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of
+each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration
+INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display
+transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately
+from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
+<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
+The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>
+from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
+ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop
+accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
+pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered a save value, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan
+details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out
+cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables
+are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints
+are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
+to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
+in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in
+the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the
+diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
+cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from
+the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table
+use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
+in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint
+means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. The decompression is always calculated
+using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
+CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
+algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but,
+of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment
+is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 litres are the norm.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive
+List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is not a way to
+change a saved dive plan. To perform changes to a dive plan, select it on
+the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This
+will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes
+to be made and saved as usual.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned
+dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is
+saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered
+two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during
+decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
+repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start
+Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures correctly and
+the effect of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive,
+then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been completed
+and then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned
+dive, the planner takes into account the gas loading incurred during the
+completed dive and allows planning within these limitations.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a
+template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one
+now wishes to plan a dive using this configuration, just highlight the
+template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes
+into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive
+Plan Details</em> for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the <em>Dive
+Plan Details</em> for inclusion in a text file or word processing document.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile,
+dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and
+gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being
+designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive
+planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan
+Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved,
+it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas
+calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning
+process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em>
+facility on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and
+paste to a word processor.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">14. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu
+principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers
+des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_fichier">14.1. Fichier</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée
+ actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Ouvrir un carnet de plongée</em> - Cela ouvre une fenêtre pour sélectionner le
+ carnet de plongée à ouvrir.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in
+ <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Sauvegarder</em> - Enregistrer le carnet de plongée qui est actuellement
+ ouvert.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to
+ <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Fermer</em> - Fermer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement
+ ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux
+ formats.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimer</em></a> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement
+ ouvert.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Préférences</em></a> - Définir les préférences de <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives
+ have been moved to
+ a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate
+ dives.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - Modifier la
+ configuration d’un ordinateur de plongée.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Quitter</em> - Quitter <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_importer">14.2. Importer</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importer depuis un l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> -
+ Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importer des fichiers de log</em></a> - Importer des
+ informations de plongées à partir d’un fichier d’un format compatible avec
+ <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importer les données GPS depis le service web Subsurface</em></a> -
+ Charge les coordonnées GPS à partir de l’application mobile <em>Subsurface</em>
+ (téléphones et tablettes).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importer depuis Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importer des
+ informations de plongées à partir de <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_journal_log">14.3. Journal (log)</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle
+ plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive of which the profile was entered by hande and not
+ from a dive computer.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planifier une plongée</em></a> - Cette fonctionnalité permet de
+ planifier des plongées.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur</em></a> - Modifier une
+ plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em></a> - En
+ sélectionnant cette option, vous pouvez copier les informations de plusieurs
+ champs d’un journal de plongée vers le presse-papier.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em> - Colle, dans les plongées
+ sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au
+ préalable avec l’option <em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renuméroter</em></a> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans
+ le panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Group"><em>Grouper automatiquement</em></a> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de
+ <strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier
+ les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour faciliter vos journaux (logs).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement
+ certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_vue">14.4. Vue</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Tout</em></a> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de
+ <em>Subsurface</em> simultanément.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Liste des plongées</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la
+ <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profil</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du <strong>profil de la
+ plongée</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des <strong>notes</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la <strong>carte
+ mondiale</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Statistiques annuelles</em> - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des
+ plongées effectuées.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Prev DC</em> - If a single dive was logged from more than one dive computer,
+ switch to data from
+ ordinateur de plongée précédent.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Ordinateur suivant</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée suivant.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Plein écran</em> - Passer en mode plein écran.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_share_on">14.5. Share on</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Partager la plongée sélectionnée sur votre
+ Facebook.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_aide">14.6. Aide</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>À propos de Subsurface</em> - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de
+ <em>Subsurface</em> ainsi que les informations de licence.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Vérifier les mises à jour</em> - Vérifier si une nouvelle version de
+ Subsurface est disponible sur le <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de
+ <em>Subsurface</em> </a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Sondge utilisateur</em></a> - Aider à rendre <em>Subsurface</em> encore
+ meilleur en répondant à notre sondage utilisateur ou en répondant à un autre
+ sondage, si vos habitudes de plongées ont changées.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Manuel utilisateur</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_annexe_a_informations_spécifiques_au_système_d_8217_exploitation_utilisé_pour_importer_les_informations_de_plongées_depuis_un_ordinateur_de_plongée">15. ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d’exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_assurez_vous_que_les_pilotes_drivers_nécessaires_sont_installés">15.1. Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Le système d’exploitation de l’ordinateur nécessite les bons pilotes pour
+communiquer avec l’ordinateur de plongée de la façon utilisée par
+l’ordinateur de plongée (Bluetooth, USB, infra-rouge).</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La
+ plupart des distributions Linux le font automatiquement, de telle sorte que
+ l’utilisateur n’ait rien à faire de particulier. Cependant, certains
+ protocoles de communication nécessitent des pilotes additionnels, plus
+ particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l’infra-rouge.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Sous Windows, le bon pilote devrait être téléchargé automatiquement la
+ première fois que l’utilisateur branche son ordinateur de plongée sur le
+ port USB de son ordinateur de bureau.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sous Mac, les utilisateurs peuvent parfois avoir besoin d’installer
+manuellement le bon pilote. Par exemple, pour le Mares Puck ou n’importe
+quel autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant une interface USB-série basé sur
+le composant Silicon Labs CP2101 ou similaire, le bon pilote est disponible
+sous <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> sur le
+<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">dépôt
+de documents et logiciels Silicon Labs</a>.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Lorsqu’un utilisateur connecte un ordinateur de plongée en utilisant l’USB,
+généralement <em>Subsurface</em> proposera soit une liste déroulante contenant le
+bon nom (ou le point de montage pour un Uemis Zurich) ou la liste sera
+désactivée si aucun nom de périphérique n’est nécessaire. Dans les rares cas
+où cela ne fonctionnerait pas, voici quelques suggestions pour trouver le
+nom de votre périphérique ;</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir
+tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée
+connectés.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux :</div><p>Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Déconnecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Ouvrir un terminal
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Connecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
+usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
+USB Serial support registered for generic
+usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
+usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
+USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
+ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
+usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
+usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
+usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
+usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
+usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
+usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
+usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
+ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l’adaptateur FTDI USB est
+détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être
+utilisée pour les paramètres d’importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour
+que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>S’assurer que l’utilisateur possède les droits d'écriture sur le port série
+USB :</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sur les systèmes similaires à Unix, les ports USB ne peuvent être accédés
+que par des utilisateurs membres du groupe <code>dialout</code>. Si vous n'êtes pas
+root, vous n'êtes peut-être pas membre de ce groupe et ne pouvez donc pas
+utiliser le port USB. Si votre nom d’utilisateur est <em>johnB</em> :</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs
+d’Ubuntu : <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe
+<code>dialout</code>.
+Tapez : <code>id johnB</code> Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et
+vérifiez que
+l’appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe <code>dialout</code> devrait
+être listé
+parmi les différents IDs.
+Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu’après une déconnexionpuis reconnexion sur l’ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).
+Avec le bon nom de périphérique (par exemple <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) et avec un accès
+en écriture au port USB, l’ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et
+vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs
+Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator and Petrel there is a different
+procedure to get the devices name to communicate with <em>Subsurface</em>. Follow
+these steps:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.</strong>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user
+guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel, select <em>Dive Log → Upload
+Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_sur_windows_2">15.3.1. Sur Windows :</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer
+choose <em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>. This
+should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in
+Bluetooth mode) and allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose
+<em>Properties→ COM Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive
+computer. If there are several ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing"
+instead of "Incoming".</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should
+contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer
+using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_sur_macos">15.3.2. Sur MacOS :</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth
+Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of
+devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only
+be needed once for initial setup.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or
+Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_sur_linux">15.3.3. Sur Linux</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common
+distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be
+straight forward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon on the right
+of the toolbar at the top of the screen. Users have reported difficulties
+with some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, try
+that first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you
+have a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any
+others.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled
+device, such as the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and
+will generally require the command prompt. It is essentially a three step
+process.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Establish an RFCOMM connection
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Download the dives with Subsurface
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em> and
+<em>Petrel 2</em>, cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then <em>Upload Log</em>.
+The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and will
+countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait CMD
+…</em> and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from Subsurface,
+the display reads <em>Sending</em> then <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>.
+The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On
+most Linux systems this means becoming a member of the dialout group (This
+is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described in
+the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using
+the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive
+computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and
+select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a
+password, enter 0000. Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive
+computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method didn’t work, pair the device from the command
+line. Open a terminal and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller
+status</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>$ hciconfig
+hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
+ BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
+ *DOWN*
+ RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
+ TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB,
+connected as hci0. Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional
+controllers will appear as hci1, etc. If there is not a Bluetooth dongle
+plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. Now
+power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
+hciconfig
+hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
+ BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
+ *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
+ RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
+ TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused
+controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez
+5, such as Fedora 22, one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will
+bring up its own command prompt.</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>bluetoothctl
+[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
+[bluetooth]# agent on
+Agent registered
+[bluetooth]# default-agent
+Default agent request successful
+[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
+Discovery started
+[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
+[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
+[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
+[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
+Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
+[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
+Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
+[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
+[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
+[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
+Pairing successful
+[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says
+<em>Connected: no</em>. The important part is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04),
+there is probably not a <code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called
+<code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
+Scanning ...
+ 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
+ bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user
+reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload
+mode and enter:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
+Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive
+computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
+Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
+Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel
+in the list above doesn’t work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help
+determine the appropriate channel. The output below is for a <em>Shearwater
+Petrel 2</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
+Service Name: Serial Port
+Service RecHandle: 0x10000
+Service Class ID List:
+ "Serial Port" (0x1101)
+ Protocol Descriptor List:
+ "L2CAP" (0x0100)
+ "RFCOMM" (0x0003)
+ Channel: 5</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel
+listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user
+forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s
+upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select
+<em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor
+(e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point
+(<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file
+system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and
+equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very
+similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those
+that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that
+one does not enter a device name, but instead the location where the
+UEMISSDA file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On
+Windows this is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is
+<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
+distribution. On Fedora it usually is
+<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should
+suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis
+Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation
+(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that one
+cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on
+the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time one downloads
+dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day
+or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em>
+displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space the solution is
+straight forward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and
+reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
+download will continue where it stopped previously. One may have to do this
+more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between
+the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle
+based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller
+manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics
+companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using
+the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for
+the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the
+<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the
+<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After
+the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device
+name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive
+computer and download dive information.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
+available from some Internet web sites e.g.
+<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>.
+Windows-based IrDA drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the
+ScubaPro web site, drivers being located on the download page for the
+ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available
+for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF
+file for every dive. Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open.
+Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information,
+so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
+factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay
+in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco
+calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on
+the DR5.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF"
+option in BLACK’s logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are
+available in LOGBOOK directory. Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but
+does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for
+<em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors
+in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
+<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated
+by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP
+BLACK.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel using Bluetooth</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the
+section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom
+communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>,
+obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows
+application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive
+logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilises the
+IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time,
+comprising three files:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
+ extension)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
+ version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log
+information.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are
+downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained
+when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log
+Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and
+managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types
+of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into
+<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>".
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to
+ Clipboard</em>".
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text
+ file with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the
+ <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labled
+ <em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer".
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file that has been created
+ above. An import dialogue opens indicating the default settings for the data
+ in the <em>.apd</em> file. If any changes are required, do this as for
+ <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel allows one to select the
+ APD dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default
+ it is DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is
+ possible to sequentially import the data for both dive computers by first
+ importing CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs for the two dive computers are
+ viewed by selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from the Main Menu after the uploading
+ has been completed)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive
+computer-generated ceiling generated by the Inspiration can be viewed by
+selecting the appropriate button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder
+pressure data are not logged by the APD equipment but can be manually
+entered in the <em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly
+performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu,
+then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more
+information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in
+some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
+ <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
+data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to
+Linux and/or Windows.</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers.
+Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent
+Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The
+different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file
+naming conventions to export dive log data.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the
+ appropriate dives.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the
+ last dive
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called
+ <em>Export Path</em>.
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+A file-manager like window pops up
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Navigate to the directory for storing the
+ Divelog.SDE file
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Optionally change the name of the file for saving
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Save</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a
+divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the
+dives are stored. the user can either look for the original database or make
+a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Start Suunto DM4/DM5
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Select <em>Help → About</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Now open Windows Explorer
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Start Suunto DM4/DM5
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Select <em>File - Create backup</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use
+ DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Save</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows
+downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers.
+The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at
+C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be
+directly imported to Subsurface.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
+Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The
+database includes all Dive Organiser-registered divers on the particular
+computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to obtain a copy
+of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible
+format which can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Within Dive Organiser, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and
+ back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file
+ DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a
+ file <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert
+the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all
+the details, and we would lack e.g. gas switches and information of what
+units are used. With database import, all this information is included and
+readily available for us.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface, do the following:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Select <em>Settings</em> button
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Close the Settings dialog
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the
+dives are automatically converted to our own format. Last step to do is save
+the log file in Subsurface.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_annexe_d_exporter_un_tableur_vers_le_format_csv">18. ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>De nombreux plongeurs conservent un carnet de plongée sous forme de fichier
+numérique, souvent un tableur avec différents champs et informations. Ces
+données peuvent facilement être importées dans <em>Subsurface</em> après que le
+tableur a été converti en fichier CSV. Cette section explique la procedure
+pour convertir un carnet de plongée enregistrée sous forme de tableur vers
+un fichier CSV qui pourra ensuite être importé dans <em>Subsurface</em>. Créer un
+fichier CSV est une tache simple malgré que la procédure soit différente
+selon le tableur utilisé.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>La première étape est d’organiser les données de plongées dans le tableur
+pour que la première ligne contienne le nom (ou le titre) de chaque colonne
+et que les informations de chaque plongée soient contenues sur une seule
+ligne. <em>Subsurface</em> supporte de nombreux éléments (Dive #, Date, Time,
+Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight et
+Tags). L’utilisateur peut organiser les données de plongées selon quelques
+règles simples :</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Durée : le format est minutes:secondes.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Système d’unité : un seul système d’unité doit être utilisé (pas de mélange
+ entre les unités impériales et métriques)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des
+ virgules.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Position GPS : vous devez utiliser les degrés décimaux, par exemple :
+ 30.22496 30.821798
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_et_em_openoffice_calc_em">18.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> et <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open
+source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em>
+and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format
+should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one
+of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like
+this:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File →
+Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the
+file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em>
+to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point),
+then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and
+then import the dive data as explained on the section
+<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not
+accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft
+Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the
+Windows machine use the new character as a separator. One can change the
+character back to the default character by following the same procedure,
+outlined below.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, and then select <em>Control
+ Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Do one of the following: <strong> In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then
+ click <em>Customize this format</em>. </strong> In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional
+ Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited
+ file, type the word TAB in the box.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>OK</em> twice.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the
+top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the
+right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an
+alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue,
+marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Ensure that
+the appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder
+that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a
+text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section
+<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a mechanism to create or modify templates for printing
+dive logs in order to produce customised printouts of dive logs. Templates,
+written in HTML as well as a simple Grantlee instruction set, are rendered
+to the print device by <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box allows one to <em>Edit</em>,
+<em>Delete</em>, <em>Import</em> and to <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or
+modified templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the
+dive log being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select
+one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue
+(see image <strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final
+desired printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel comprises three tabs:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and colour
+ template used for printing the dive log. The style attributes are
+ editable. Choose one of the four colour palets used for colour printing.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colours used for
+ printing the dive log. The colours are highly customisable: the <em>Edit</em>
+ buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing abritrary colours for different
+ components of the dive log printout.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a
+ template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming
+ primitives. Grantlee provides the ability to create and format HTML code in
+ a highly simple but efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can
+ be edited and saved. The saved template is stored in the same directory as
+ the dive being processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em> template is a skeleton with
+ no specific print instructions. The informastion being printed needs to be
+ specified and formatted in the by replacing the section marked with: "<!--
+ Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions
+ allows unlimited freedom in determining what is printed an in which way it
+ should be rendered.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log
+directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be
+modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in
+the print dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template the following elements must exist so that the
+template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">19.1. Main dive loop</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em>
+backend. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="title">template.html</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %}
+ <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
+ {% endfor %}</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="title">output.html</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1>
+ <h1> 2 </h1>
+ <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found
+<a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div>
+<div class="tableblock">
+<table rules="all"
+width="100%"
+frame="border"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
+<col width="50%" />
+<col width="50%" />
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) data of the dive</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) divemaster data</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy data</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of dive</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of dive</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating ranges from 0 to 5</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) sac value</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) all dive tags concatenate together</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) used gas cylinder</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as
+<em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data
+is shown in the following table:</p></div>
+<div class="tableblock">
+<table rules="all"
+width="100%"
+frame="border"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
+<col width="50%" />
+<col width="50%" />
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="title">template.html</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="title">output.html</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable
+contains a single member:</p></div>
+<div class="tableblock">
+<table rules="all"
+width="100%"
+frame="border"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
+<col width="50%" />
+<col width="50%" />
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="title">template.html</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> body {
+ {{ print_options.grayscale }};
+ }</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="title">output.html</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> body {
+ -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
+ }</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses a special
+<em>CSS</em> selectors to do some searches in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors
+in the following table should be added.</p></div>
+<div class="tableblock">
+<table rules="all"
+width="100%"
+frame="border"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
+<col width="33%" />
+<col width="33%" />
+<col width="33%" />
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each div that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the div with this class to be divided into two pages, this can be used
+in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when
+data-numberofdives = 0).</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives
+in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to fit as much dives as possible into
+one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the
+rendering mode</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+render 6 dives per page:
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+render as much dives as possible:
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any
+page size.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">20. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
+<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending
+with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em>
+calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates
+gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular,
+it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, Gas
+consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure -
+end pressure)</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive
+theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually
+don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that
+one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong>
+calculation is:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar".
+It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a
+fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do
+high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the
+majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without
+the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
+calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The
+compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about
+eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface
+pressure.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or
+be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as
+mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts
+becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
+contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts
+pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">20.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth,
+divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer
+differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to
+trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for
+your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long -
+because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say
+it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It’s
+even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW
+dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it
+at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long
+dive”.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3>
+<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones even
+though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of e.g. 999
+dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log. The
+history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total amount of
+time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store the dive
+profile, but they have limited amount of memory to do so. The exact amount
+of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depend on sample interval
+and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the oldest dives get
+overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to download the last 13,
+30 or 199 dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before
+they were overwritten, there is a high chance that Subsurface can import
+these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they cannot be
+salvaged after being over written by new dives.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
+<div id="footer">
+<div id="footer-text">
+Last updated 2015-10-13 11:52:23 PDT
+</div>
+</div>
+</body>
+</html>
|